More annual reports from TETRA:
2023 ReportPeers and competitors of TETRA:
CSXABN 21 080 415 407 
Traffic Technologies Ltd. 
address. 31 Brisbane Street, Eltham Victoria 3095 Australia 
PO Box 828, Eltham Victoria 3095 Australia 
phone. + 61 3 9430 0222   facsimile. + 61 3 9430 0244 
web. www.trafficltd.com.au 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Chairman’s Letter 
Dear Shareholder, 
I have pleasure in enclosing the Annual Report for Traffic Technologies Ltd for the year ended 30 June 2010. 
The past year has continued to be challenging for the Company and its shareholders. However the significantly improved earnings 
performance has been encouraging and reflective of management’s continued commitment to reduce costs and improve operating 
efficiencies and the improved trading conditions in which the Group operates.  
The  Company  has  recently  taken  steps  to reduce  significantly  its  level  of  debt.   The sale  of the  Traffic  Management  business, 
which  was  completed  in  August  2010,  will  enable  debt  to  be  reduced  by  approximately  $14-$15m.    The  sale  also  enables 
management to focus on the Technical Products business and to expand the Group’s activities in the Intelligent Transport Systems 
(“ITS”) sector.  “ITS” is the deployment of technology to improve the safety, access, mobility and environmental performance of 
the road system and represents a significant opportunity for the Group. 
The  Group  achieved  a  significant  improvement  in  operating  result  for  the  financial  year  ended  30  June 2010  compared  to  the 
previous  financial  year  with  EBITDA,  before  non-recurring  items,  increasing  by  67%  to  $8.1m  ($4.2m  from  continuing 
operations and $3.9m from disposal group held for sale) before adjusting for disposal group held for sale.  Accounting standards 
require the results of the Traffic Management business to be classified as “disposal group held for sale” in the Annual Report and 
the  previous  year’s  results  to  be  restated.    The  results  have  therefore  been  restated  to  exclude  the  results  of  the  Traffic 
Management business  from  continuing  operations.  Accordingly,  revenue for  the  financial  year from  continuing operations  was 
$47.8m compared to $49.5m in the previous financial year.  EBITDA from continuing operations before non-recurring items was 
$4.2m, compared to $2.3m in the previous year.   
The  Technical  Products  Division  has  continued  to  perform  well.    The  Technical  Products  Division  provides  a  significant 
opportunity for the Group through its dominant position in the Australian and New Zealand markets for LED traffic signals and 
has  a  strategic  program  to  develop  export  markets  in  Europe  and  Asia.    The  Technical  Products  Division  includes  the 
development of products such as electronic signage and the Clearsonics emergency telephone.   
A  priority  for  the  Group  is  to  improve  shareholder  value  and  to  reduce  gearing  and  associated  finance  costs.    The  Board  and 
management are continuing to investigate ways in which shareholder value can be enhanced and debt reduced through further cost 
reduction and the restructure of non-core parts of the business. 
The  Group  maintains  a  strong position  in the  traffic  signals  market,  bolstered by  an  innovative  track  record  of  developing  new 
products such as electronic signage.  The Group is well positioned to take advantage of the opportunities presented by the Federal 
and State Government road infrastructure spending programs, together with the general improvement in the Australian economy. 
Along with my fellow directors, thank you for your continued support.  We look forward to the restoration of shareholder value in 
the year ahead. 
Ray Horsburgh 
Chairman 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ABN 21 080 415 407 
Traffic Technologies Ltd. 
address. 31 Brisbane Street, Eltham Victoria 3095 Australia 
PO Box 828, Eltham Victoria 3095 Australia 
phone. + 61 3 9430 0222   facsimile. + 61 3 9430 0244 
web. www.trafficltd.com.au 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Managing Directors’ Report 
Dear Shareholder, 
The 2010 financial  year has seen significant improvement in profitability for Traffic Technologies.  The results for 
the  financial  year  reflect  an  improvement  in  trading  conditions  in  which  the  Group  operates  and  significantly 
improved profitability reflecting from management’s continued focus on cost control and operating efficiencies.   
The Group achieved a significant improvement in its operating result for the financial year ended 30 June 2010 with 
EBITDA before  non-recurring  items  increasing  by  67%  to  $8.1m  ($4.2m  from  continuing  operations  and  $3.9m  from 
disposal group held for sale) before adjusting for disposal group held for sale.  Accounting standards require the results 
of the Traffic Management business to be classified as “disposal group held for sale” in the Annual Report and the 
previous year’s results to be restated following the sale of the business in August 2010. 
The Group achieved revenues from continuing operations of $47.8 million and EBITDA from continuing operations 
of  $4.2  million  before  non-recurring  items  in  the  2010  financial  year,  compared  to  revenues  from  continuing 
operations of $49.5 million and EBITDA from continuing  operations of $2.3 million before non-recurring items in 
the previous financial year.  
During the year Traffic Technologies consolidated its position as a premium supplier of market leading products and 
services  to  the  road  maintenance  and  construction  industry  and  is  well  placed  to  benefit  from  Federal  and  State 
Government road infrastructure programs and the general improvement in the Australian economy.  
Review of Operations 
Technical Products 
The  Technical  Products  Division  has  continued  to  deliver  upon  expectations  and  continues  to  be  the  dominant 
supplier of  LED traffic  signals throughout the Australian and New Zealand markets.  The Group has  continued to 
develop its export program to various countries which include Europe and Asia.   The Technical Products Division is 
using its research and development capabilities to develop new portable roadside technology products such as arrow 
boards, electronic signage and portable traffic signals.   
The Group plans to expand its business in the Intelligent Transport Systems (“ITS”) sector, which incorporates the 
deployment of technology to improve the safety, access, mobility and environmental performance of the road system 
and represents a significant opportunity for the Group. 
Technical Products Division also encompasses the state-of-the-art Clearsonics  emergency telephone system,  which 
has continued to achieve export sales during the year. 
The Signage Division has continued to face strong competition in the financial year, where revenue has been affected 
by  a  reduction  in  the  amount  of  work  available,  spending  cutbacks  by  local  councils  and  competition.    There  is 
however a continued  focus on margin improvement, cost control, factory  efficiency  and  systems development and 
other improvements which have led to a positive contribution in the financial year. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Services 
The  Traffic  Services  Division  now  comprises  the  Group’s  Traffic  Hire  business,  which  includes  the  hire  of 
temporary steel barrier and portable roadside technology such as arrow boards and variable message signs.  Traffic 
Hire has continued to trade profitably, with an increase in revenue and EBITDA. 
In August 2010 the Group completed the sale of its Traffic Management business, which previously formed part of 
the Traffic Services Division.  The Traffic Management business traded strongly in the financial year.  The results of 
the Traffic Management business have been presented as “disposal group held for sale” in the Financial Report. 
Outlook 
The  divestment  of  the  Traffic  Management  business  will  enable  management  to  focus  on  improving  the  earnings 
quality of the Group, while also significantly reducing Group debt.  Management is conducting a further review of 
the Group’s costs and is investigating the restructure of non-core parts of the Group’s business.  
As the leading provider of products and services to the industry, Traffic Technologies  is well positioned to benefit 
from  opportunities  presented  by  Federal  and  State  government  spending  on  road  infrastructure  projects  and  the 
general improvement in the Australian economy, along with export opportunities.  The Group plans to build on the 
success of the Technical Products Division and take advantage of opportunities in the Intelligent Transport Systems 
space.  With a professional and experienced management team, the Group is well positioned for solid earnings in a 
demanding industry in the coming years. 
Con Liosatos 
Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Information 
This annual report covers both Traffic Technologies Ltd (ABN 21 080 415 407) and its subsidiaries.  The Group’s 
functional and presentation currency is AUD ($). 
A  description  of  the  Group’s  operations  and  of  its  principal  activities  is  included  in  the  review  of  operations  and 
activities in the directors’ report. 
Directors 
Mr. Raymond Horsburgh 
Mr. Constantinos Liosatos 
Mr. Alan Brown  
Mr. Ken Jarrett 
Mr. Rajeev Dhawan  
Mr. Garry Sladden  
(appointed 27 January 2010) 
(resigned 3 December 2009) 
(resigned 3 December 2009) 
Company Secretary & Chief Financial Officer 
Mr. Peter Crafter 
Registered Office & Principal Place of Business 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
31 Brisbane Street 
Eltham VIC 3095 
Share Register 
Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited 
Yarra Falls, 452 Johnson Street 
Abbotsford VIC 3067 
Tel: 1300 787 272 
Traffic Technologies Ltd shares are listed on the Australian Stock Exchange (stock code: “TTI”). 
Lawyers 
Middletons 
Level 25 
525 Collins Street 
Melbourne VIC 3000 
Bankers 
Westpac 
Level 10, 360 Collins Street 
Melbourne VIC 3000 
Auditors 
Ernst & Young 
Ernst & Young Building 
8 Exhibition Street 
Melbourne VIC 3000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Financial Report for the year ended 30 June 2010 
Contents 
Directors’ Report  
Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
Corporate Governance Statement 
Statement of Comprehensive Income 
Statement of Financial Position 
Statement of Changes in Equity 
Statement of Cash Flows 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
Directors’ Declaration 
Independent Audit Report  
ASX Additional Information 
         Page No. 
  1 
19 
20 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
112 
113 
115 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Directors’ Report 
Your directors submit their report for the year ended 30 June 2010. 
Directors  
The names and details of the Company’s directors in office during the financial year and until the date of this report are 
as follows.  Directors were in office for the entire period unless otherwise stated. 
Name 
Qualifications, Experience and Special Responsibilities 
Mr. Raymond K 
Horsburgh   AM 
B.Eng (Chem.) 
FAICD 
(Hon D Univ) 
FIEAust 
(Age 67) Non-Executive Chairman. Appointed November 2006. 
Mr. Horsburgh held various positions with Australian Consolidated  Industries  from 1963 to 
1994  including  the  position  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  ACI  Glass  which  he  held  from 
1991  to 1994.  In 1994  he was appointed Chief  Executive  Officer of  Smorgon Steel  Group 
Limited and held the position of Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer until 
he retired from the position on 30 June 2007. He is a former Director of the Business Council 
of  Australia,  ANI  Limited,  Email  Limited,  Metalcorp  Limited  and  a  former  President  of 
Williamstown Rotary Club. He is currently Chairman of Toll Holdings Limited, a Director of 
the  Essendon  Football  Club,  a  Non  Executive  Director  of  CSR  Limited  and  National  Can 
Industries  Limited.    Mr.  Horsburgh  was  awarded  an  Order  of  Australia  on  Australia  Day 
2006  for  Service  to  the  Steel  Industry  and  Service  to  Disadvantaged  Youth.    He  was 
appointed to the Board of Traffic Technologies  Ltd  in November 2006 and as Chairman in 
November 2007.  Mr. Horsburgh has also served as a director and remains a director of the 
following listed companies during the last three years. 
•  CSR Limited* 
§  Toll Holdings Limited* 
§  National Can Industries Limited* 
* denotes current Directorship 
Mr. Constantinos L 
Liosatos 
Mr. Horsburgh is Chairman of the Nomination & Remuneration and Corporate Governance 
committees and a member of the Audit & Risk Committee. 
(Age 48) Managing Director. Appointed April 2003. 
Mr.  Liosatos  has  over  20  years  experience  in  the  construction  industry.    Mr.  Liosatos  has 
qualifications in Mechanical Design and Lighting Engineering. Mr. Liosatos is the Managing 
Director of Traffic  Technologies  Ltd.   Mr.  Liosatos  was appointed  as a Director of  Traffic 
Technologies Ltd in April 2003.  Mr. Liosatos has not served as a Director of any other listed 
companies during the three years prior to June 2010.   
Mr  Liosatos  is  a  member  of  the  Nomination  &  Remuneration  and  Corporate  Governance 
committees. 
1 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Directors’ Report (Continued) 
Name 
Qualifications, Experience and Special Responsibilities 
Mr. Alan J Brown 
FAICD 
(Age 64) Non-Executive Director. Appointed January 2004. 
Mr. Brown has extensive experience in both the private and public sectors.  He is a Director 
of a range of private companies and has established several over a thirty-year period.  He has 
wide  ranging public  sector  involvement  including state  and  local government,  co-operative 
societies and statutory authorities.  He was a Member of the Victorian Parliament from 1979-
97  and  is  a  former  Leader  of  the  Victorian  Liberal  Party.    As  Minister  for  Transport  he 
implemented  major  reforms  to  Victoria’s  transport  infrastructure.    He  has  international 
business experience and as Agent  General  for Victoria in  London from 1997-2000 had key 
responsibility for identification, negotiation and attraction of overseas investment to Victoria.  
Mr. Brown also had responsibility for facilitation of exports for Victorian goods and services 
to  overseas  markets.    He  is  Chairman  of  Apprenticeships  Plus,  Bass  Coast  Community 
Foundation and Inner North Community Foundation Ltd.  He is also Chairman of Tasmanian 
Company Work & Training Limited.   Mr. Brown was appointed a non-executive Director of 
Traffic Technologies  Ltd in January 2004.  Mr. Brown has not served as a Director of any 
other listed companies during the three years prior to June 2010.   
Mr. Brown is Chairman of the Audit & Risk committee and a member of the Nomination & 
Remuneration and Corporate Governance committees. 
Mr. Ken Jarrett 
(Age 66) Non-Executive Director. Appointed January 2010. 
MBA 
Mr.  Jarrett  was  born  in  New  Zealand.  He  completed  a  commerce  degree  at  Auckland 
University  and  came  to  Australia  in  1969  to  work  for  Alcoa  Australia.  He  held  several 
positions in the finance area at their Geelong plant and Melbourne head office.  In 1972 he 
completed an MBA degree at Melbourne University and won the Finance Prize. 
Mr.  Jarrett  joined  Henry  Jones,  which  later  became  Elders  IXL  and  the  Fosters  Group,  in 
1972 and remained there until 1990. During that  time he held senior positions in Treasury, 
Finance and Accounting and ran their Investment Banking and Rural Banking arms. During 
that time the investment bank established a presence in the US, UK, India and six countries 
in  SE  Asia.  The  Rural  Banking  arm  was  active  in  all  parts  of  Australia  and  NZ.  He  was 
Finance Director of the parent, Elders IXL.  He was awarded “Treasurer of the year for the 
Asia Pacific Region” by Euro Money  magazine, for his work in raising equity in European 
markets. 
Mr.  Jarrett  has  been  involved  in  the  acquisition  and  restructuring  of  several  private 
businesses  including  Allans  Music  from  the  Brash  administrator.  He  has  agricultural  and 
water interests in Southern NSW. 
Mr. Jarrett has been a director of several listed companies including Santos, Bridge Oil and 
Elders IXL. He worked with Toll Holdings in their early listed  years, in the development of 
their strategy.  Mr. Jarrett has not served as a director of any listed company during the last 
three years. 
Mr.  Jarrett  is  a  member  of  the  Audit  &  Risk,  Nomination  &  Remuneration  and  Corporate 
Governance committees. 
2 
 
 
 
 
Name 
Company 
Secretary 
Mr. Peter K Crafter 
LL.B (Hons), MBA, 
FCA, CA, MCT, 
FAICD, FCIS 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Directors’ Report (Continued) 
Qualifications, Experience and Special Responsibilities 
(Age 53) Company Secretary and Chief Financial Officer.  Appointed Company Secretary 
March 2004; appointed Chief Financial Officer October 2007. 
Mr.  Crafter  is  a  Chartered  Accountant  in  both  Australia  and  the  UK  and  qualified 
Corporate Treasurer with extensive  experience in financial  management including several 
years with KPMG and Touche Ross in the United Kingdom.  He holds an honours degree 
in  Law  from  the  University  of  London  and  an  MBA  from  Heriot-Watt  University, 
Scotland.  He joined Software Communication Group Limited as Chief Financial Officer in 
1999 and was Acting  Chief  Executive Officer of that  Company  from  2001  to  2002.    He 
was Chief Financial Officer of ASX-listed CBD Energy  Limited from 2002 to 2003.  He 
was Company Secretary of ASX-listed The Swish Group Limited from 2003 to 2009.  He 
was appointed Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary of Traffic Technologies Ltd 
in  March  2004  and  retired  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  in  February  2006.    He  was 
reappointed Chief Financial Officer of Traffic Technologies Ltd in October 2007.  During 
the past three years Mr. Crafter has not served as a Director of any listed company. 
The following directors also served on the Company’s Board during the year and resigned 3 December 2009: 
•  Mr. Rajeev Dhawan 
•  Mr. Garry Sladden 
3 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Directors’ Report (Continued) 
Interests in the share and options of the Company and related bodies corporate 
As at the date of this report, the interests of the directors in the shares and options of Traffic Technologies Ltd were: 
Director 
Mr. Ray Horsburgh 
Mr. Constantinos L Liosatos 
Mr. Alan J Brown 
Mr. Ken Jarrett 
Dividends 
Number 
Preference  
Shares 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Ordinary 
Shares 
150,000 
8,374,949 
2,056,965 
9,452,563 
Options over 
   Ordinary Shares 
300,000 
- 
300,000 
- 
The directors do not recommend the payment of a dividend for the financial year ended 30 June 2010 (2009: $Nil). 
PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES 
In its goal of providing a suite of traffic products and traffic services to the traffic industry, the Group operates through 
its Traffic Products and Traffic Services divisions. 
The  Traffic  Products division is  comprised of  the Technical Products  segment  and  the Signage segment.   Technical 
Products  specializes  in the  design,  manufacture  and installation  of traffic  signals  and  emergency  telephones and the 
design and manufacture of portable roadside technology.  Signage provides a wide range of traffic signs, traffic control 
products and traffic cones to road traffic authorities, municipal councils and construction companies. 
Traffic  Services  provides  equipment  hire  (barrier  guard  and  portable  roadside  technology)  services  to  road  traffic 
authorities and construction companies.  The Group completed the sale of its labour hire (traffic controllers) business, 
which previously formed part of the Traffic Services Division, on 9 August 2010. 
The Corporate division captures corporate costs and interest revenue. 
There were no significant changes in the nature of these activities during the financial year. 
4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Directors’ Report (Continued) 
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW 
The  Group  achieved  a  significant  improvement  in  its  operating  result  for  the  2010  financial    year  compared  to  the 
previous year (financial year ended 30 June 2009) with an 80% increase in earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, 
amortization (“EBITDA”) from continuing operations before non-recurring items.  
In  August  2010  the  Group  completed  the  sale  of  its  Traffic  Management  business.    The  divestment  of  the  Traffic 
Management  business  enables  management  to  focus  on  the  Group’s  Technical  Products  business,  while  also 
significantly reducing Group debt.  Net cash consideration for the sale is approximately $11.4m.  The net proceeds of 
the sale, which will include the collection of net debtors, will be applied in reducing net debt by $14-$15m.  
Accounting standards require the results of the Traffic Management business to be classified as “disposal group held 
for sale” in the Annual Financial Report and the previous year results to be restated as follows: 
Sales revenue from continuing operations 
EBITDA from continuing operations before non-
recurring Items from continuing operations 
Non-recurring Items 
Depreciation and amortisation expenses 
Finance costs 
Income tax (expense)/benefit 
Disposal group held for sale 
Net loss 
2010 
47.8 
4.2 
(1.0) 
(2.2) 
(3.7) 
(0.2) 
2.7 
(0.2) 
Year Ended 30 June ($’m) 
2009* 
49.5 
2.3 
(1.4) 
(1.7) 
(5.0) 
0.1 
0.7 
(5.0) 
% Change 
(3%) 
80% 
(31%) 
30% 
(25%) 
(290%) 
293% 
(95%) 
* The results for the previous year have been restated to present the results of the Traffic Management business as 
“disposal group held for sale”. 
The  Group’s  results  for  the  2010  financial  year  reflect  an  improvement  in  trading  conditions  in  which  the  Group 
operates  and  improved  profitability  resulting  from  management’s  continued  focus  on  cost  control  and  operating 
efficiencies.  
Segmental Performance 
The following table summarises revenue and EBITDA from continuing operations before non-recurring items for the 
Group’s business segments for the financial years ended 30 June 2010 and 2009 and exclude the results of the Traffic 
Management business which have been classified as “disposal group held for sale” in the Annual Financial Report and 
the previous year results restated. 
5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Directors’ Report (Continued) 
Revenue $m 
EBITDA^ $m 
2010 
2009* 
2010 
2009* 
Traffic Products 
   Signals 
   Signage 
Total Traffic Products 
Traffic Services 
Total Corporate 
Total Group 
24.3 
21.8 
46.1 
3.4 
(1.7) 
47.8 
^ - EBITDA is before non-recurring items 
25.2 
23.7 
48.9 
1.5 
(0.9) 
49.5 
6.7 
0.5 
7.2 
1.1 
(4.1) 
4.2 
5.6 
0.7 
6.3 
0.4 
(4.4) 
2.3 
* The results for the previous year have been restated to exclude the results of the Traffic Management business which 
have been presented in the Annual Financial Report as “disposal group held for sale”. 
Technical Products 
Technical Products has reported an increase in EBITDA from $5.6m to $6.7m.  Traffic Signals traded strongly in the 
financial  year  and  the  Technical  Products  business  continues  to  maintain  its  dominant  position  in  its  respective 
markets. 
Signage 
The Signage business has faced strong competition during the 2010 financial year and EBITDA decreased from $0.7m 
to $0.5m.   
Traffic Services 
With  the  sale  of  the  Traffic  Management  Business,  Traffic  Services  now  comprises  the  Group’s  equipment  hire 
business, including the hire of  temporary steel barrier and Portable Roadside Technology such as Arrow Boards and 
Variable Message Signs.  EBITDA increased from $0.4m to $1.1m. 
Corporate 
Corporate costs reduced from $4.4m to $4.1m. 
Non-recurring Items 
During  the  2010  financial  year,  the  Group  incurred  $1.0m  expenditure  on  items  of  a  non-recurring  nature  (2009: 
$1.4m).    These  costs  included  costs  incurred  on  the  shareholder  General  Meeting  held  in  October  2009  and  costs 
relating to the assessment of non-core assets. 
Finance costs 
Finance costs reduced from $5.0m to $3.7m. 
Disposal group held for sale 
The Traffic Management business traded strongly  in the 2010 financial  year.  The net result of Traffic Management 
has been presented as “disposal group held for sale” in the Annual Financial Report.   
6 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Directors’ Report (Continued) 
a)  Financial position  
Net assets of $18.1m at 30 June 2010 (2009: $17.7m) include assets held for sale of $13.2m and liabilities held for sale 
of $3.6m.  Intangible assets have reduced to $34.2m reflecting the divestment of the Traffic Management business. 
The net proceeds of the sale of Traffic Management, which will include the collection of net debtors, will be applied in 
reducing  net  debt  by  $14-$15m.    The  Group’s  bankers,  Westpac  Banking  Corporation,  has  confirmed  that  it  will 
progressively  reduce  the  Group’s  term  debt  facility  from  $34.0m  at  30  June 2010  to  $24.0m  within  six  months  of 
completion and the working capital facility from $12.0m to $8.6m within six months of completion. 
Risk Management 
The Group takes a proactive approach to risk management.  The Board is responsible for ensuring that risks, and also 
opportunities, are identified on a timely basis and that the Group’s objectives and activities are aligned with the risks 
and opportunities identified by the Board. 
The Group believes that it is crucial for all Board members to be a part of this process, and as such the Board has not 
established a separate risk management committee.  Instead sub-committees are convened as appropriate in response to 
issues and risks identified by the Board as a whole and the sub-committee further examines the issues and reports back 
to the Board. 
The Board has a number of mechanisms in place to ensure that management’s objectives and activities are aligned with 
the risks identified by the Board.  These include the following: 
§ 
§ 
§ 
Board approval of a strategic plan, which encompasses the Group’s vision, mission and strategy  statements, 
designed to meet stakeholder’s needs and manage business risk; 
Implementation  of  Board  approved  operating  plans  and  budgets  and  Board  monitoring  of  progress  against 
those  budgets,  including  the  establishment  and  monitoring  of  KPIs  of  both  a  financial  and  non-financial 
nature; and 
The establishment of sub-committees to report on and monitor specific business risks. 
Statement of Compliance 
This operating and financial review is based on the guidelines in The Group of 100 Incorporated publication Guide to 
the Review of Operations and Financial Condition. 
SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE STATE OF AFFAIRS 
There have been no significant changes in the nature of these activities during the year. 
SIGNIFICANT AFTER BALANCE DATE EVENTS  
Traffic Technologies Ltd (Traffic Technologies) entered into an agreement to sell its Traffic Management business to 
Workforce  International  Group  Pty  Ltd  on  29  June  2010. The  sale,  for  a  gross  cash  consideration  of  $14.5m,  will 
deliver  Traffic  Technologies  around  $11.4m  after  adjustments,  including  motor  vehicles  leases  and  employee 
entitlements.  In addition Traffic Technologies will collect the book debts of the Traffic Management business which 
will be applied partly in repaying trade creditors and other liabilities. 
The transaction was completed on 9 August 2010 and the net proceeds of the sale will be applied in reducing net debt 
by $14.0 - $15.0m. Westpac has confirmed that it will reduce Traffic Technologies term debt facility from $34.0m at 
30 June 2010 to $24.0m within six months of completion and the working capital facility from $12.0m to $8.6m within 
six months of completion. 
7 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Directors’ Report (Continued) 
LIKELY DEVELOPMENTS AND EXPECTED RESULTS  
For the financial year ending 30 June 2011 the Group will continue to pursue the goals identified in its strategic plan. 
Potential  strategic  acquisitions  will  be  investigated  in  order  to  augment  and  strengthen  the  Group’s  portfolio  of 
products and services together with pursuing continual development of the existing businesses to drive organic growth 
and further efficiency gains.    One of the key priorities  for  the Group in the  year ahead is  to reduce gearing and the 
associated finance costs.  With this in mind, the Board and management have been investigating ways in which debt 
can be  further reduced.  This may involve further  cost  savings and the restructure of non-core parts of  the business.  
With  the  continued  uncertainty  in the  world  economy,  the  Group  remains  cautious  about  the  economic outlook  and 
accordingly is not yet in a position to give earnings guidance for the financial year ending 30 June 2011. 
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION AND PERFORMANCE 
The Signage segment is regulated by the Environmental Protection Act 1970 (8056/1970) and the Occupational Safety 
Regulations  2009  (54/2009)  with  regard  to  waste  water  run-off  and  the  storage  and  treatment  of  chemicals.  These 
operations  are  regularly  audited  by  an  independent  environmental  consultancy  that  reports  directly  to  the 
Environmental Protection Authority. 
There have been no significant known breaches of the Group’s compliance with environmental regulations. 
Other  Group  operations  are  not  regulated  by  any  significant  environmental  regulation  under  a  law  of  the 
Commonwealth or of a State or Territory.  
SHARE OPTIONS  
Unissued Shares 
As at the date of this report, there were 750,000 unissued ordinary shares under option (987,000 at the reporting date).  
Refer to Note 17 of the financial statements for further details of options outstanding.   
Option holders do not have any right, by virtue of their yet to be exercised options, to participate in any share issue of 
the Company or any related body corporate or in the interest issue of any other registered scheme. 
Shares Issued as a Result of the Exercise of Options 
During  the  year,  there  were  no  options  to  acquire  fully  paid  ordinary  shares  exercised  by  directors,  executives  or 
employees.  Since the end of the financial year, no directors, executives or employees have exercised options. 
INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND AUDITORS 
During  the  financial  year  ended  30  June 2010,  the  Group paid  premiums  of  $49,750  in  respect  of  a  Directors’  and 
Officers’  insurance policy  insuring  Directors  and Officers  in  respect of claims  which  may be  brought  against  them. 
The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liability and the amount of the premiums.  
The Company has not otherwise, during or since the end of the financial  year, except to the extent permitted by law, 
indemnified  or  agreed  to  indemnify  an  officer  or  auditor  of  the  Company  or  any  related  body  corporate  against  a 
liability incurred as such an officer or auditor. 
8 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Directors’ Report (Continued) 
DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS  
The number of meetings of directors (including meetings of committees of directors) held during the financial year and 
the number of meetings attended by each director was as follows: 
Directors’ Meetings 
Audit & Risk 
Committee 
Number 
Number eligible 
Number 
attended 
to attend 
attended 
Nomination & 
Remuneration 
Committee 
Corporate 
Governance 
Committee 
Number 
eligible to 
attend 
Number 
attended 
Number 
eligible to 
attend 
Number 
attended 
25 
25 
25 
6 
13 
17 
3 
3 
3 
2 
1 
1 
3 
3 
3 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
- 
- 
1 
1 
1 
1 
- 
- 
1 
1 
1 
1 
- 
- 
1 
1 
1 
1 
- 
- 
Number 
eligible 
to attend 
25 
25 
25 
6 
17 
17 
Mr. Ray Horsburgh 
Mr. Con Liosatos 
Mr. Alan Brown 
Mr. Ken Jarrett 
Mr. Rajeev Dhawan 
Mr. Garry Sladden 
Committee Membership 
As at the date of this report the Company had an Audit & Risk Committee, a Nomination & Remuneration Committee 
and a Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors. 
The  eligibility  and  attendance  of  each  of  the  directors  is  as  disclosed  in  the  table  above.    The  chairman  of  each 
committee was: 
•  Audit & Risk – Mr. Alan Brown 
•  Nomination & Remuneration – Mr. Ray Horsburgh  
•  Corporate Governance – Mr. Ray Horsburgh 
ROUNDING 
The  amounts  contained  in  this  report  and  in  the  financial  report  have  been  rounded  to  the  nearest  $1,000  (unless 
otherwise stated) under the option available to  the Company under ASIC Class Order 98/0100.  The Company is an 
entity to which the Class Order applies. 
AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE AND NON-AUDIT SERVICES 
A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration in relation to the audit for the financial year is provided immediately 
following this report. 
During the financial year, the Company’s auditor, Ernst & Young, did not provide any non-audit services. 
9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Directors’ Report (Continued) 
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) 
This Remuneration Report outlines the director and executive remuneration arrangements of the Group in accordance 
with  the  requirements  of  the  Corporations  Act  2001  and  its  Regulations.    For  the  purposes  of  this  report,  Key 
Management  Personnel  (KMP)  of  the  Group  are  defined  as  those  persons  having  authority  and  responsibility  for 
planning,  directing  and  controlling  the  major  activities  of  the  Group,  directly  or  indirectly,  including  any  director 
(whether executive or otherwise) of the parent company,  and includes  the five executives  in the Group receiving the 
highest remuneration. 
For the purposes of this report, the term “executive” encompasses the Managing Director, Chief Financial Officer and 
general managers of the Group. 
Nomination & Remuneration Committee 
The Nomination & Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company is responsible for determining 
and reviewing remuneration arrangements for the directors and executives.   
The Nomination & Remuneration Committee comprises all Board members and is chaired by Mr. Ray Horsburgh, who 
is  an independent Director.  The Nomination & Remuneration Committee  assesses  the appropriateness of  the nature 
and amount of remuneration of executives on a periodic basis by reference to relevant employment market conditions 
with  the  overall  objective  of  ensuring  maximum  stakeholder  benefit  from  the  retention  of  a  high  quality,  high 
performing director and executive team. 
Remuneration Philosophy 
The performance of the Group depends upon the quality of its directors and executives.  To prosper, the Group must 
attract, motivate and retain highly skilled directors and executives. 
Remuneration Structure 
In  accordance  with  best  practice  corporate  governance,  the  structure  of  non-executive  director  and  executive 
remuneration is separate and distinct. 
Non-executive Director Remuneration 
Objective 
The  Board  seeks  to  set  aggregate  remuneration  at  a  level  that  provides  the  Company  with  the  ability  to  attract  and 
retain directors of the highest calibre, whilst incurring a cost that is acceptable to shareholders. 
Structure 
The  Company’s  Constitution  and  the  ASX  Listing  Rules  specify  that  the  aggregate  remuneration  of  non-executive 
directors  shall  be  determined  from  time  to  time  by  a  general  meeting.    The  notice  convening  a  general  meeting  at 
which  it  is  proposed  to  seek  approval  to  increase  that  maximum  aggregate  sum  must  specify  the  proposed  new 
maximum  aggregate  sum  and  the  amount  of  the  proposed  increase.    Aggregate  maximum  non-executive  Directors’ 
remuneration is currently $400,000 per year.   
It is considered good governance for directors to have a stake in the Company on whose board they sit.  Non-executive 
directors  have  long  been  encouraged  to  hold  shares  in  the  Company  (purchased  by  the  director  on  market).  The 
Company also facilitates this through the Company Share Option Plan. 
10 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Directors’ Report (Continued) 
The  non-executive  directors  do  not  receive  retirement  benefits,  other  than  statutory  superannuation,  nor  do  they 
participate in any incentive programs. 
The remuneration of non-executive directors for the financial years ended 30 June 2010 and 30 June 2009 is detailed in 
Table 1 and Table 2 respectively of this report. 
Executive Remuneration 
Objective 
The Group aims to reward executives with a level and mix of remuneration commensurate with their position and 
responsibilities within the Company so as to: 
§ 
Reward executives for Group and individual performance; 
§  Align the interests of executives with those of shareholders; 
§ 
§ 
Link reward with the strategic goals and performance of the Group; and 
Ensure total remuneration is competitive by market standards. 
Structure 
Currently remuneration is paid in the form of cash remuneration, superannuation contributions and share options where 
applicable. 
The  Company  paid  no  bonuses,  nor  accrued  any  bonuses,  during  the  financial  year  ended  30  June  2010.    Further 
details of the remuneration of directors and executives are provided in Table 1 and Table 2 of this report. 
The  Nomination  &  Remuneration  Committee  is  responsible  for  determining  the  level  and  make-up  of  executive 
remuneration  and  makes  reference  to  a  wide  range  of  available  external  research  as  well  assessments  of  individual 
performance in determining the appropriate level of executive remuneration. 
Share Options 
All directors and executives have the opportunity to qualify for participation in the Company Share Option Plan (which 
form part of long term incentive variable remuneration).  Options issued to key management personnel are detailed in 
Table 3 and Table 4 of this report. The issue of options under this plan is at the discretion of the Board. Options are 
used by the Company as a non-cash form of remuneration and have the objective of aligning employee interests with 
the  objective  of  increasing  shareholder  wealth.  Any  issue  of  options  under  the  plan  to  directors  is  subject  to 
shareholder approval.   
The issue of options to non-executive directors are not based on specified performance criteria.  Some of the issue of 
options to executives have been subject to performance criteria. These conditions involve the continuous employment 
of  the  executive  together  with  the  achievement  of  the  performance  hurdle  that  the  share  price  of  the  Company 
outperforms the ASX 200 share index measured over the 12 month period immediately prior to the vesting date of the 
option.  
11 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Directors’ Report (Continued) 
These  performance  conditions  were  selected  to  incentivise  executives  to  remain  with  the  Group  and  provide  a 
transparent  and  objective  performance  measure  with  the  aim  of  aligning  executive  motivation  with  objective  of 
achieving above average growth in the share price for shareholders.  Further details regarding the issue of share options 
during  the  year  and  the  terms  and  conditions  attaching  to  these  options  are  provided  in  Note  17  to  the  financial 
statements. 
Executive Service and Management Agreements 
Executives  are  given  the  opportunity  to  receive  their  fixed  remuneration  in  a  variety  of  forms  including  cash, 
superannuation  contributions  and  fringe  benefits  such  as  motor  vehicles.  It  is  intended  that  the  manner  of  payment 
chosen will be optimal for the recipient without creating undue cost for the Group. The service contracts entered into 
with executives do not prescribe how compensation levels are to be modified from year to year. Compensation levels 
are reviewed each  year to take into account cost-of-living changes, any change in the scope of the role performed by 
the senior executive and any changes required to meet the principles of the compensation policy. 
Managing Director 
The Managing Director, Mr.  Liosatos, is employed under  a rolling contract.  Employment  may be terminated by the 
giving, by either party, of 9 months’ notice, or by the payment or forfeiture of an equivalent amount of pay in lieu of 
notice from any monies owing.  The Company retains the right to terminate the contract at any time without notice in 
the case of serious misconduct.  Prior to the employment contract, Mr. Liosatos had been previously granted 4 tranches 
of 3,300,000 options over ordinary shares of the Company.  In order for each tranche to vest, Mr. Liosatos must have 
remained  in  the  Company’s  employ;  some  tranches  further  required  the  Company’s  share  price  to  outperform  the 
ASX200  share  index  measured  over  the  12  month  period  immediately  prior  to  respective  vesting  date.    If  the 
employment was terminated, Mr. Liosatos, within 28 days after the date of termination, must have exercised all or part 
of those of the options which he was entitled to exercise.  Any option not exercised within that 28-day period would 
lapse.  These options had all lapsed by the reporting date. 
Mr. Liosatos’ performance will be reviewed annually by the Nomination & Remuneration Committee.  
Other Executives 
Mr. Peter Crafter, Company Secretary and Chief Financial Officer, is employed under a rolling employment contract. 
Employment may be terminated by the giving, by either party, of 6 months’ notice, or by the payment or forfeiture of 
an equivalent amount of pay in lieu of notice from any monies owing.  The Company retains the right to terminate the 
contract at any time without notice in the case of serious misconduct.   
Pursuant to the employment contract, in a prior year, Mr. Crafter had been granted 3 tranches of 100,000 options over 
ordinary shares with terms as disclosed in Table 3.  In order for each tranche to vest, Mr. Crafter must have remained 
in the Company’s employ and the Company’s share price must have outperformed the ASX200 share index measured 
over  the  12  month period  immediately prior  to the  respective  vesting  date.    If  the employment was terminated,  Mr. 
Crafter, within 28 days after the date of termination, must have exercised all or part of those of the options which he 
was entitled to exercise.  Any option not exercised within that 28-day period would lapse.  These options had all lapsed 
by 1 July 2010. 
Mr.  Andrew  Bull,  the  former  General  Manager  Technical  Products  Division,  was  employed  under  an  employment 
contract  with  an  initial  two  year  minimum  term  commencing  on  1  May  2007.  The  Company  could  terminate  the 
contract by providing 6 months’ written notice or, in lieu of providing notice, making a payment in a sum equal to the 
salary Mr. Bull would have earned had he been given the relevant period of notice.  The Company retained the right to 
terminate the contract at any time without notice, including within the minimum two year period, in the case of serious 
misconduct.  Mr. Bull resigned from the Company effective 16 February 2010. 
Mr.  Graham  Sergeant,  General  Manager  Traffic  Services  Division,  was  employed  under  a  rolling  contract  which 
commenced 4 February 2008.  The Company could terminate Mr. Sergeant’s employment agreement by providing 1-4 
12 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Directors’ Report (Continued) 
weeks’ written notice, depending on period of service, or providing payment in lieu of the notice period (based on the 
fixed component of the executive’s remuneration).    The Company could terminate the contract at  any  time without 
notice if serious misconduct has occurred.  Where termination with cause occurred, Mr. Sergeant was only entitled to 
that portion of remuneration that was  fixed and only up to the date of termination.  Mr. Sergeant’s employment was 
transferred to the Purchaser of the Traffic Management business on 9 August 2010. 
Non-executive Director Agreements 
The  non-executive  Directors  have  entered  into  non-executive  Director  Agreements  with  the  Company.    The  non-
executive Director agreements: 
- 
- 
- 
entrench a Director’s rights to be indemnified by the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law;  
require  the  Company  to  take  out  an  appropriate  Directors’  and  officers’  insurance  policy  to  protect  the 
Director from liability (to the extent permitted by law); and  
access the books and records of the Company, which relate to the period the Director acted as a Director of 
the Company.  After resignation as a Director, the Director can only use this information for the purposes of 
defending a claim. 
Group Performance and Shareholder returns 
EBITDA before non-recurring items from continuing 
operations ($’000) 
Net loss attributable to equity holders of the parent ($’000) 
Basic earnings / (loss) per share from continuing operations 
Share price at balance date 
Share price growth over year ended 30 June 
2010 
$4,159 
($254) 
(2.02 cents) 
2.8 cents 
22% 
2009 
$2,307 
($4,954) 
(4.49 cents) 
2.3 cents 
(54%) 
13 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Directors’ Report (Continued) 
Director and Executive Details 
The following persons acted as directors of the Company during or since the end of the financial year: 
•  Mr Raymond Horsburgh  - 
Chairman 
•  Mr. Con Liosatos  
•  Mr. Alan Brown 
•  Mr. Ken Jarrett 
•  Mr. Rajeev Dhawan 
•  Mr. Garry Sladden 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Managing Director 
Appointed 27 January 2010 
Resigned 3 December 2009 
Resigned 3 December 2009 
The term “executives” is used in this remuneration report to refer to the following persons.  Except as noted, the named 
persons held their current position for the whole of the financial year and since the end of the financial year: 
•  Mr. Peter Crafter (Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary) 
•  Mr. Andrew Bull (General Manager Technical Products Division) 
– Resigned 16 February 2010 
•  Mr. Graham Sergeant (General Manager Traffic Services Division)  
– Resigned 9 August 2010
14 
 
 
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%
e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
p
d
e
t
a
l
e
r
$
0
0
1
,
8
9
0
0
5
,
4
5
7
9
0
,
1
2
1
5
7
,
8
1
7
9
0
,
9
1
5
4
5
,
1
1
2
7
4
6
,
8
8
4
3
1
8
,
3
6
2
6
2
7
,
9
5
2
2
9
5
,
6
0
2
1
1
4
,
3
9
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
2
4
,
7
9
8
1
,
2
1
4
,
1
3
2
4
,
7
4
3
7
,
3
2
6
,
1
3
2
4
,
7
1
3
5
,
8
-
-
-
-
-
4
7
8
,
2
3
9
2
,
2
6
1
6
,
2
8
4
7
-
1
3
5
,
8
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
1
,
8
0
0
5
,
4
2
4
7
,
1
8
8
6
,
1
8
8
6
,
1
8
1
7
,
7
1
0
0
0
,
6
3
0
5
2
,
4
4
7
4
6
,
8
2
7
5
2
,
6
4
0
7
9
,
5
1
4
2
1
,
1
7
1
2
4
8
,
8
8
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
7
7
,
9
4
7
4
8
,
8
6
8
7
,
9
2
7
1
6
,
5
1
0
0
0
,
0
9
0
0
0
,
0
5
5
5
3
,
9
1
3
6
0
,
7
1
9
0
4
,
7
1
h
g
r
u
b
s
r
o
H
d
n
o
m
y
a
R
r
M
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
d
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
e
-
n
o
N
n
a
w
a
h
D
v
e
e
j
a
R
.
r
M
n
e
d
d
a
l
S
y
r
r
a
G
.
r
M
n
w
o
r
B
n
a
l
A
.
r
M
t
t
e
r
r
a
J
n
e
K
.
r
M
7
2
8
,
3
9
1
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
d
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
e
-
n
o
n
l
a
t
o
t
-
b
u
S
0
0
0
,
0
0
4
0
0
0
,
1
0
2
7
7
6
,
8
9
1
0
7
9
,
3
4
1
1
4
4
,
7
7
1
s
r
e
c
i
f
f
o
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
  E
s
o
t
a
s
o
i
L
n
o
C
.
r
M
r
e
t
f
a
r
C
r
e
t
e
P
.
r
M
l
l
u
B
w
e
r
d
n
A
.
r
M
t
n
a
e
g
r
e
S
m
a
h
a
r
G
.
r
M
t
n
u
a
F
k
r
a
M
3
2
0
,
4
0
1
8
8
0
,
1
2
1
,
1
s
r
e
c
i
f
f
o
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
e
l
a
t
o
t
-
b
u
S
3
2
0
,
4
0
1
5
1
9
,
4
1
3
,
1
l
a
t
o
T
s
n
o
i
t
p
O
$
e
c
i
v
r
e
s
g
n
o
L
e
v
a
e
l
$
      $
n
o
i
t
a
u
n
n
a
r
e
p
u
S
r
e
h
t
O
y
r
a
t
e
n
o
m
-
n
o
N
s
e
e
f
&
y
r
a
l
a
S
$
$
$
$
d
t
L
s
e
i
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
c
i
f
f
a
r
T
)
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
C
(
t
r
o
p
e
R
’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D
l
a
t
o
T
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
a
h
S
s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
m
r
e
t
-
g
n
o
L
s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
n
o
i
t
a
n
i
m
r
e
T
s
t
i
f
e
n
e
B
t
n
e
m
y
o
l
p
m
e
-
t
s
o
P
s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
m
r
e
t
-
t
r
o
h
S
)
D
E
T
I
D
U
A
(
0
1
0
2
E
N
U
J
0
3
D
E
D
N
E
R
A
E
Y
E
H
T
R
O
F
L
E
N
N
O
S
R
E
P
T
N
E
M
E
G
A
N
A
M
Y
E
K
F
O
N
O
I
T
A
R
E
N
U
M
E
R
:
1
E
L
B
A
T
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
s
t
i
f
e
n
e
B
s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
l
a
t
o
T
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
a
h
S
s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
m
r
e
t
-
g
n
o
L
n
o
i
t
a
n
i
m
r
e
T
t
n
e
m
y
o
l
p
m
e
-
t
s
o
P
s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
m
r
e
t
-
t
r
o
h
S
%
e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
p
d
e
t
a
l
e
r
$
$
$
s
n
o
i
t
p
O
e
v
a
e
l
e
c
i
v
r
e
s
g
n
o
L
    $
n
o
i
t
a
u
n
n
a
r
e
p
u
S
r
e
h
t
O
y
r
a
t
e
n
o
m
-
n
o
N
s
e
e
f
&
y
r
a
l
a
S
$
$
$
$
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
1
,
8
9
0
0
5
,
4
5
2
9
1
,
1
2
2
9
1
,
1
2
6
2
3
,
2
4
5
2
3
,
2
4
6
2
3
,
2
4
1
6
9
,
1
2
3
4
7
7
,
0
9
4
7
9
9
,
7
6
2
2
1
1
,
9
7
3
6
7
5
,
6
0
2
2
0
1
,
5
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
7
9
9
,
2
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
4
7
9
1
7
-
9
0
2
6
5
9
,
3
4
1
6
5
,
9
7
5
,
1
7
9
9
,
2
1
4
2
6
,
5
4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4
9
7
,
6
5
4
9
7
,
6
5
-
0
0
1
,
8
0
5
7
,
1
0
5
7
,
1
5
9
4
,
3
-
5
9
4
,
3
0
9
5
,
8
1
0
0
0
,
0
3
0
5
2
,
4
4
6
8
8
,
4
2
0
5
6
,
7
4
4
5
7
,
3
1
0
4
5
,
0
6
1
2
2
5
,
1
0
9
,
1
7
9
9
,
2
1
4
2
6
,
5
4
4
9
7
,
6
5
0
3
1
,
9
7
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
0
,
0
9
0
0
5
,
4
5
2
4
4
,
9
1
2
4
4
,
9
1
1
3
8
,
8
3
5
2
3
,
2
4
1
3
8
,
8
3
h
g
r
u
b
s
r
o
H
d
n
o
m
y
a
R
r
M
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
d
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
e
-
n
o
N
n
a
w
a
h
D
v
e
e
j
a
R
.
r
M
n
e
d
d
a
l
S
y
r
r
a
G
.
r
M
s
i
k
a
r
u
o
v
a
K
m
a
S
.
r
M
n
w
o
r
B
n
a
l
A
.
r
M
n
o
s
g
e
r
G
d
r
a
h
c
i
R
.
r
D
s
e
n
y
t
S
y
r
a
C
.
r
M
1
7
3
,
3
0
3
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
d
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
e
-
n
o
n
l
a
t
o
t
-
b
u
S
1
3
0
,
9
5
3
0
,
4
5
4
6
7
,
3
3
7
1
6
,
5
1
4
3
7
,
1
1
9
9
9
,
5
0
4
0
0
0
,
1
0
2
6
0
5
,
6
7
2
0
0
1
,
3
4
1
0
2
8
,
2
5
1
s
r
e
c
i
f
f
o
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
  E
s
o
t
a
s
o
i
L
n
o
C
.
r
M
r
e
t
f
a
r
C
r
e
t
e
P
.
r
M
l
l
u
B
w
e
r
d
n
A
.
r
M
t
n
a
e
g
r
e
S
m
a
h
a
r
G
.
r
M
s
i
d
i
n
o
l
o
P
e
v
e
t
S
.
r
M
1
8
1
,
4
2
1
5
2
4
,
9
7
1
,
1
s
r
e
c
i
f
f
o
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
e
l
a
t
o
t
-
b
u
S
1
8
1
,
4
2
1
6
9
7
,
2
8
4
,
1
l
a
t
o
T
e
h
T
.
s
r
e
c
i
f
f
o
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
e
e
h
t
o
t
d
e
d
i
v
o
r
p
s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
e
h
t
o
t
g
n
i
t
a
l
e
r
x
a
t
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
e
g
n
i
r
f
e
d
u
l
c
n
i
o
t
d
e
t
a
t
s
e
r
n
e
e
b
e
v
a
h
e
l
b
a
t
e
v
o
b
a
e
h
t
n
i
d
e
s
o
l
c
s
i
d
s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
y
r
a
t
e
n
o
m
-
n
o
N
*
d
e
t
a
c
o
l
l
a
e
r
n
e
e
b
e
v
a
h
s
t
n
u
o
m
a
e
s
e
h
t
,
n
o
i
t
a
u
n
n
a
r
e
p
u
s
e
c
i
f
i
r
c
a
s
y
r
a
l
a
s
e
v
a
h
s
r
e
c
i
f
f
o
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
e
e
r
e
h
W
.
6
3
0
,
4
6
$
f
o
s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
y
r
a
t
e
n
o
m
-
n
o
n
n
i
e
s
a
e
r
c
n
i
n
a
s
i
t
c
a
p
m
i
l
a
t
o
t
.
n
o
i
t
a
u
n
n
a
r
e
p
u
s
o
t
s
e
e
f
d
n
a
s
e
i
r
a
l
a
s
m
o
r
f
*
)
D
E
T
I
D
U
A
(
9
0
0
2
E
N
U
J
0
3
D
E
D
N
E
R
A
E
Y
E
H
T
R
O
F
L
E
N
N
O
S
R
E
P
T
N
E
M
E
G
A
N
A
M
Y
E
K
F
O
N
O
I
T
A
R
E
N
U
M
E
R
:
2
E
L
B
A
T
6
1
d
t
L
s
e
i
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
c
i
f
f
a
r
T
)
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
C
(
t
r
o
p
e
R
’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
d
t
L
s
e
i
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
c
i
f
f
a
r
T
)
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
C
(
t
r
o
p
e
R
’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D
f
o
s
n
o
i
t
i
d
n
o
c
d
n
a
s
m
r
e
t
e
h
T
.
r
a
e
y
e
h
t
g
n
i
r
u
d
d
e
t
s
e
v
s
n
o
i
t
p
o
o
n
d
n
a
l
e
n
n
o
s
r
e
p
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
m
y
e
k
o
t
s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
y
t
i
u
q
e
s
a
d
e
t
n
a
r
g
e
r
e
w
s
n
o
i
t
p
o
o
n
r
a
e
y
e
h
t
g
n
i
r
u
D
.
7
1
e
t
o
N
t
a
d
e
t
a
t
s
e
r
a
0
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
t
a
s
a
s
n
o
i
t
p
o
g
n
i
d
n
a
t
s
t
u
o
l
l
a
)
D
E
T
I
D
U
A
(
0
1
0
2
E
N
U
J
0
3
D
E
D
N
E
R
A
E
Y
E
H
T
G
N
I
R
U
D
D
E
T
S
E
V
D
N
A
D
E
T
N
A
R
G
S
N
O
I
T
P
O
N
O
I
T
A
S
N
E
P
M
O
C
:
3
E
L
B
A
T
)
D
E
T
I
D
U
A
(
9
0
0
2
E
N
U
J
0
3
D
E
D
N
E
R
A
E
Y
E
H
T
G
N
I
R
U
D
D
E
T
S
E
V
D
N
A
D
E
T
N
A
R
G
S
N
O
I
T
P
O
N
O
I
T
A
S
N
E
P
M
O
C
:
4
E
L
B
A
T
.
w
o
l
e
b
t
u
o
t
e
s
s
a
l
e
n
n
o
s
r
e
p
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
m
y
e
k
o
t
s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
y
t
i
u
q
e
s
a
d
e
t
n
a
r
g
e
r
e
w
s
n
o
i
t
p
o
r
a
e
y
e
h
t
g
n
i
r
u
D
      %
f
o
.
o
N
s
n
o
i
t
p
o
d
e
t
s
e
v
r
a
e
y
e
t
a
d
e
h
t
g
n
i
r
u
d
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e
t
s
a
L
t
s
r
i
F
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e
e
t
a
d
e
t
a
D
y
r
i
p
x
E
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E
e
c
i
r
p
r
e
p
n
o
i
t
p
o
r
i
a
F
r
e
p
e
u
l
a
v
t
a
n
o
i
t
p
o
t
n
a
r
g
e
t
a
d
e
t
a
D
t
n
a
r
G
.
o
N
d
e
t
s
e
V
t
n
a
r
G
h
c
a
e
r
o
f
s
n
o
i
t
i
d
n
o
C
&
s
m
r
e
T
d
e
t
n
a
r
G
0
5
0
5
0
0
0
,
0
0
3
0
0
0
,
0
0
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
d
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
e
-
n
o
  N
h
g
r
u
b
s
r
o
H
d
n
o
m
y
a
R
r
M
n
w
o
r
B
n
a
l
A
.
r
M
7
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Directors’ Report (Continued) 
TABLE 5: OPTIONS GRANTED AS PART OF REMUNERATION (AUDITED) 
Value of 
options 
granted 
during the 
year 
Value of 
options 
exercised 
during the 
year 
Value of 
options 
forfeited 
during the 
year 
Value of 
options 
lapsed 
during the 
year 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
Total value of 
options granted, 
exercised, 
forfeited and 
lapsed during 
the year 
$ 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
17,013 
70,099 
15,750 
9,756 
36,250 
17,013 
70,099 
15,750 
9,756 
36,250 
Remuneration 
consisting of 
options for the 
year 
% 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Mr. Raymond 
Horsburgh 
Mr. Con Liosatos 
Mr. Alan Brown 
Mr. Peter Crafter 
Mr. Andrew Bull 
The terms and conditions of all options outstanding as at 30 June 2010 are stated at Note 17. 
There were no alterations to the terms and conditions of options granted as remuneration since their grant date. 
No  options  were  granted  or  exercised  during  the  year;  and  no  options  were  forfeited  during  the  year.    1,950,000 
options  lapsed  during  the  year  with  a  value  of  $148,868  which,  in  accordance  with  Accounting  Standard  AASB  2 
Share-based Payment, remains frozen in the Group’s equity share-based payment reserve. 
The maximum grant, which will be payable assuming that all service and performance criteria are met (in accordance 
with the terms and conditions of all options issued – refer Note 17), is equal to the number of options or rights granted 
multiplied  by  the  fair  value  at  the  grant  date.    The  minimum  grant  payable  assuming  that  service  and  performance 
criteria are not met is zero. 
Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors. 
Mr. Raymond Horsburgh 
Independent Non-Executive Chairman 
26 August 2010 
Melbourne 
18 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION  
(TO BE INSERTED) 
Auditor’s Independence Declaration to the Directors of Traffic 
Technologies Ltd 
In relation to our audit of the financial report of Traffic Technologies Ltd for the financial year ended 30 
June 2010, to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been no contraventions of the auditor 
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 or any applicable code of professional 
conduct. 
Ernst & Young 
Robert J Dalton 
Partner 
26 August 2010 
Liability limited by a scheme approved 
under Professional Standards Legislation 
19 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Corporate Governance Statement 
The  Board  of  Directors of  Traffic Technologies  Ltd  is  responsible  for  the  corporate governance  framework  of the 
Group  having  regard  to  the  ASX  Corporate  Governance  Council’s  published  guidelines  as  well  as  its  corporate 
governance  principles  and  recommendations.    The  Board  guides  and  monitors  the  business  and  affairs  of  the 
Company on behalf of the shareholders by whom they are elected and to whom they are accountable. 
The Board of Directors has implemented  the Recommendations of the ASX Corporate Governance Council  to the 
extent  appropriate  for  the  size  and  nature  of  the  Company’s  business  as  described  below.    The  format  of  the 
Corporate  Governance  Statement  follows  the  ASX  Corporate  Governance  Council’s  “Second  Edition  -  Revised 
Corporate  Governance  Principles  and  Recommendations”.    The  Corporate  Governance  Statement  must  contain 
specific information and also report on the Company’s adoption of the Council’s best practice recommendations on 
an  exception  basis,  whereby  disclosure  is  required  of  any  recommendation  that  has  not  been  adopted  by  the 
Company, together with the reasons it has not been adopted.   
The Board has established a Corporate Governance Committee, which is responsible for reviewing the Company’s 
compliance  with  best  practice  corporate  governance  requirements,  including  compliance  with  the  ASX  Corporate 
Governance Council’s Recommendations.  The Corporate Governance Committee comprises all Board members and 
is chaired by Mr. Raymond Horsburgh.  For details of meetings of the Corporate Governance Committee held during 
the year and attendance at those meetings, refer to the Directors’ report.   
The Company’s corporate governance practices have been in place throughout the year ended 30 June 2010.  With 
the  exception  of  the  departures  from  the  Corporate  Governance  Council  recommendations  detailed  below,  the 
corporate governance practices of the Company are compliant with the Council’s best practice recommendations. 
Principle 1: Lay solid foundations for management and oversight 
The Board guides and monitors the business and affairs of the Company on behalf of the shareholders by whom they 
are elected and to whom they are accountable.  The Board acts on behalf of and is accountable to shareholders.  The 
Board  seeks  to  identify  the  expectations  of  shareholders,  as  well  as  other  regulatory  and  ethical  expectations  and 
obligations.    In  addition,  the  Board  is  responsible  for  identifying  areas  of  significant  business  risk  and  ensuring 
arrangements  are  in  place  to  adequately  manage  these  risks.    The  Board  guides  and  monitors  and  fulfils  its 
responsibility to protect shareholder interests and enhance shareholder value by: 
•  Approving  and  periodically  reviewing  the  business  and  financial  objectives,  strategies  and  plans  of  the 
consolidated entity; 
•  Monitoring  the  financial  performance  of  the  consolidated  entity,  including  approval  of  the  consolidated 
entity’s financial statements; 
•  Ensuring  that  adequate  internal  control  systems  and  procedures  exist  and  that  compliance  with  these 
• 
systems and procedures is maintained; 
Identifying  areas  of  significant  business  or  financial  risk  to  the  consolidated  entity  and  ensuring 
management takes appropriate action to manage those risks; 
•  Reviewing the performance and remuneration of Board members and key members of staff; 
•  Monitoring the operations of the consolidated entity and the performance of management; 
•  Establishing and maintaining appropriate ethical standards; and 
•  Reporting  to  the  shareholders,  the  Australian  Securities  and  Investments  Commission  and  the  Australian 
Stock Exchange as required. 
Whilst at all times the Board retains full responsibility for guiding and monitoring the Group, in discharging its 
stewardship it makes use of Committees.  Board Committees are able to focus on a particular responsibility and 
provide informed feedback to the Board.  The Board has established the following Committees: 
•  Corporate Governance;  
•  Audit & Risk; and 
•  Nomination & Remuneration. 
20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Corporate Governance Statement 
The Board delegates to the Managing Director and the executive management team responsibility for the operation 
and  administration  of  the  consolidated  entity.    The  Board  ensures  that  this  team  is  appropriately  qualified  and 
experienced to discharge their responsibilities and has in place procedures to assess the performance of the Managing 
Director and the executive management team. 
The Board is responsible for ensuring that management’s objectives and activities are aligned with the expectations 
and  risks  identified  by  the  Board.    The  Board  has  a  number  of  mechanisms  in  place  to  ensure  this  is  achieved 
including: 
•  Board approval of a strategic plan designed to meet stakeholders’ needs and manage business risk; 
•  Ongoing development of the  strategic plan and approving initiatives and strategies designed  to ensure the 
• 
continued growth and success of the entity; and 
Implementation of budgets by management and monitoring progress against budget, via the  establishment 
and reporting of both financial and non financial key performance indicators. 
Other functions reserved to the Board include: 
•  Approval of the annual and half-yearly financial reports; 
•  Approving and monitoring the progress of major capital expenditure, capital management and acquisitions 
and divestments; 
•  Ensuring that any significant risks that arise are identified, assessed, appropriately managed and monitored; 
and 
•  Reporting to shareholders. 
Principle 2: Structure the Board to add value 
The Board has been structured to ensure that an appropriate mix of experience and expertise is available to provide 
strategic guidance for the Company and effective oversight of management.  It is the policy of the Company that the 
composition of the Board is determined having regard to the following concepts: 
•  That the Board will comprise a majority of independent Directors; 
•  That  the  Board  will  comprise a minimum  of  three  Directors and the actual number  may be  higher  where 
additional expertise is required in specific areas and an outstanding candidate is located; 
•  That the Chairman of the Board will be a Non-Executive Director; and 
•  That the Board members should represent a broad range of expertise and experience. 
The skills, experience and expertise relevant to the position held by each Director in office at the date of the Annual 
Report is included in the Directors’ Report. 
21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Corporate Governance Statement 
The Directors in office and the term in office held by each Director at the date of this report are as follows: 
Name 
Mr. Ray Horsburgh 
Mr. Con Liosatos 
Mr. Alan Brown 
Mr. Ken Jarrett  
(appointed 27 January 2010) 
Position 
Independent Non-Executive Chairman 
Managing Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director 
Term in Office 
3 years, 9 months 
7 years, 3 months 
6 years, 7 months 
7 months 
The following Directors resigned during the year: 
Mr. Rajeev Dhawan  
(resigned 3 December 2009) 
Mr. Garry Sladden  
(resigned 3 December 2009) 
Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director 
A director will be considered an independent director if the director: 
i) 
is not a substantial shareholder of the Company, being  a shareholder who does not have more than a 
5% interest in the Company; 
ii)  has not been employed within the last 3 years as an executive of the Company; 
iii)  has not within the  last 3  years been a principal of  a material professional adviser or consultant  to the 
Company; 
iv)  is not a material supplier, customer or other contractor of the Company; and 
v) 
is otherwise considered by the Board to be independent. 
In accordance with the definition of independence above, two of the six Directors of the Company, as set out above, 
who served during the  year ended 30 June 2010, were independent.  Mr. Liosatos, the Managing Director, is a full 
time  executive  of  the  Company.    Mr.  Jarrett  is  a  substantial  shareholder  of  the  Company.    Mr.  Dhawan  and  Mr. 
Sladden served on the Board as nominees of Equity Partners, the registered holder of ordinary shares and preference 
shares in the Company.  The Company had an independent chairman throughout the year ended 30 June 2010.  As at 
the date of this report, two of the four Directors of the Company were independent. 
The  Company’s  constitution  provides  that  a  Director  other  than  the  Managing  Director  may  not  retain  office  for 
more than three calendar years or beyond the third Annual General Meeting following his or her election, whichever 
is  longer,  without  submitting  for  re-election.    One  third  of  the  Directors  retire  each  year  and  are  eligible  for  re-
election.  The  Directors who  retire by  rotation  at  each annual  general meeting are  those  with the  longest  length  of 
time  in  office  since  their  appointment  or  last  election.    All  Directors  must  be  elected  by  the  members  of  the 
Company.  It is not a requirement for a person who is a Director to own shares in the Company. 
The Chair is held by an independent Director, Mr. Horsburgh.  The roles of Chair (Mr. Horsburgh) and Managing 
Director (Mr. Liosatos) are not exercised by the same individual. 
Recommendation  2.4 requires listed entities  to  establish  a Nomination  Committee  to  oversee  the  appointment  and 
induction  process  for  directors  and  committee  members,  and  the  selection,  appointment  and  succession  planning 
process of the Company’s chief executive officer.  During the financial year ended 30 June 2010, the Company re-
established its Remuneration Committee as the Nomination & Remuneration Committee. Previously  the Company 
did  not  have  a  separate  Nomination  Committee  and  the  duties  and  responsibilities  typically  delegated  to  such  a 
committee were expressly included in the Board’s charter as being the responsibility of the full Board.  All members 
of the Board are members of the Nomination & Remuneration Committee, which is chaired by Mr. Horsburgh. 
The  Company  provides  the  capacity  for  any  Director  to  obtain  separate  professional  advice  on  any  matter  being 
discussed by the Board and for the Group to pay the cost incurred.  Before the engagement is made, the Director is 
required to obtain the Chairman of the Board’s approval.  Approval will not be unreasonably denied and the Director 
will be expected to provide the Board with a copy of that advice. 
22 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Corporate Governance Statement 
Performance 
The performance of the Board, Board Committees and individual Directors is reviewed regularly by the Board as a 
whole.  During the reporting period, the Board reviewed the performance of each Board member and key executive.  
The performance criteria against which Directors and executives are assessed are aligned with the financial and non-
financial objectives of  the Company.   Directors whose performance is consistently unsatisfactory may be  asked  to 
retire.   
Principle 3: Promote ethical and responsible decision-making 
All Directors and officers of the Company are required to discharge their responsibilities ethically and with integrity. 
The Board has drawn up a code of conduct to guide Board members, executives and employees in carrying out their 
duties and responsibilities,  to guide compliance with legal and other obligations and to  maintain  confidence  in the 
Company’s integrity.  Executives and employees are encouraged to report to Board members any concerns regarding 
potentially unethical practices. 
The Board is committed to good corporate governance and aims for continuous improvement in these practices.  The 
Company  embraces  high ethical  standards  and requires  its  employees  to  demonstrate  both personal and  corporate 
responsibility.  Directors, officers and employees are required to safeguard the integrity of the Company and to act in 
the best interests of its stakeholders (generally, shareholders). 
There must be no conflict, or perception of a conflict, between the interests of any Director, officer or employee of 
the Company and the responsibility of that person to the Company and to the stakeholders.  No Director, officer or 
employee improperly use  their  position  for personal  or  private gain  to  themselves,  a  family  member,  or any other 
person (“associates”). 
Trading policy  
The Company’s Share Trading Policy ensures that unpublished price sensitive information about the Company is not 
used in an unlawful manner.  The main provisions of this policy are governed by: 
• 
• 
• 
• 
the specific requirements of the Corporations Act; 
a prohibition on short term trading in the Company’s shares; 
when Directors and employees may trade in the Company’s shares; and 
prior notification by Directors, officers and employees of their intention to deal in the Company’s shares. 
A summary of the Policy is as follows: 
(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
(d) 
Trading of securities by a Director, officer or employee is only allowed when he or she is not in possession 
of price sensitive information that is not generally available to the market. 
Directors, officers and employees (and their associates) must notify the Company of their intention to trade 
in the Company's shares and obtain the Chairman's consent prior to any trading. 
As a general rule,  the Chairman will consent to trading  in the Company's shares during specified  "trading 
windows", being the periods: 
• 
commencing 2 business days  after  the  release of  quarterly  cash  flow  statements  by  the Company 
and ending 2 weeks after the release of that statement; 
commencing 2 business days  after the  release of  the Company's  annual or half  yearly  results  and 
ending 1 month after the release of those results; and  
commencing 2 days after the Company issues a prospectus and ending 1 month after that issue. 
• 
Directors,  officers  and  employees  must  not  engage  in  short  term  trading  in  the  Company's  shares.  The 
purchase  of  shares  with  a  view  to  resell  within  a  12  month period  and  the  sale  of  shares  with  a  view  to 
repurchase within a 12 month period would be considered to be transactions of a short term nature. 
• 
23 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Corporate Governance Statement 
Principle 4: Safeguard integrity in financial reporting 
It is the Board’s responsibility to ensure that an effective internal control framework exists within the Group.  This 
includes  internal  controls  to  deal  with  both  the  effectiveness  and  efficiency  of  significant  business  processes,  the 
safeguarding of assets, the maintenance of proper accounting records and the reliability of financial information. 
Audit & Risk Committee 
The Audit & Risk Committee plays a key role in assisting the Board of Directors with its responsibilities relating to 
accounting,  developing  internal  control  systems,  reporting  practices  and  risk  management,  and  ensuring  the 
independence  of  the  Company  Auditor.    The  Charter  for  this  Committee  incorporates  policies  and  procedures  to 
ensure an effective focus from an independent perspective. 
The  Audit  &  Risk  Committee  oversees  and  appraises  the  quality  of  the  audits  conducted  by  the  Auditors  of  the 
Company. Ernst & Young are the currently appointed Auditors of Traffic Technologies. Their appointment will be 
reviewed periodically. The Company believes in the ongoing assessment of its audit arrangements and complies with 
any regulatory requirements to rotate its external audit partner.  
The Audit & Risk Committee includes in its Charter a review of the effectiveness of  administrative, operating and 
accounting controls.  
Meetings of the Committee will be held a minimum of twice per annum, represented by one meeting for each of the 
full-year and half-year financial accounts review, approval and recommendation to the Board.  Further meetings may 
be held for discussion on policies and procedures and risk management matters.  The auditors of the company, Ernst 
& Young, will also be invited to make recommendations to the Committee on policies and procedures for discussion. 
The Company’s Audit & Risk Committee follows each of the principles listed below:  
•  Consists only of Non-executive Directors; 
•  Consists of a majority of independent Directors;  
•  Has an independent Chairperson, who is not Chairperson of the Board 
•  Has at least one member who is a qualified accountant or finance professional with experience of financial 
and accounting matters; and 
•  Has at least three members. 
All  members  of  the  Board  with  the  exception  of  the  Managing  Director  are  members  of  the  Audit  &  Risk 
Committee.  The Audit & Risk Committee is chaired by Mr. Brown, who is an independent chairman and who is not 
Chairman of the Board.   
Qualifications of Audit & Risk Committee members 
None of the Audit & Risk Committee members have formal accountancy qualifications.  However, all Audit & Risk 
Committee members have extensive business experience at Board level and in senior management positions.   
Audit & Risk Committee meetings are attended by the partner responsible for the Company’s audit.  For details of 
meetings  of  the  Audit  &  Risk  Committee  held  during  the  year  and  attendance  at  those  meetings,  refer  to  the 
Directors’ Report. 
Principle 5: Make timely and balanced disclosure 
The Company has established written policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with ASX Listing Rule 
disclosure requirements and to ensure accountability  at a senior management level for that compliance, as required 
by Recommendation 5.1.   
The  Company’s  Continuous  Disclosure  Policy  is  designed  to  promote  transparency  and  investor  confidence  and 
ensure that  all interested parties have an equal opportunity  to obtain information which  is  issued by the Company.  
The Company is committed to complying with the continuous disclosure obligations contained in the listing rules of 
the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) and under the Corporations Act, and ensuring that all shareholders and the 
market have an equal opportunity to obtain and review full and timely information about the Company’s securities. 
24 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Corporate Governance Statement 
The ASX defines continuous disclosure in its Listing Rules as “the timely advising of information to keep the market 
informed  of  events  and  developments  as  they  occur”.    The  Listing  Rules  and  the  Corporations  Act  require  that  a 
listed entity disclose to the market matters which a reasonable person would expect to have a material effect on the 
price or value of the entity’s securities.  A reasonable person is taken to expect information to have a material effect 
on  the  price  or  value  of  securities  if  it  would,  or  would  be  likely  to,  influence  persons  who  commonly  invest  in 
securities in deciding whether or not to subscribe for, buy or sell the securities. 
The CEO controls all the Company’s communications with assistance from the Company Secretary in carrying out 
this responsibility.   The  CEO and Chairman  are  the  only  two  officers  allowed  to  authorise the release  of  material 
information to the market.  The Company Secretary is responsible for administering this policy and is responsible for 
dealing  with the ASX  in relation  to all  listing  rule  issues.   The procedures  which have  been developed  to comply 
with  these  rules  include  immediate  reporting  of  any  matter  which  could  potentially  have  a  material  effect,  via 
established reporting lines to the CEO and/or the Company Secretary.   
Disclosure of such price-sensitive information to the ASX must not be delayed and is disclosed, in the first instance, 
to the ASX and only after receiving confirmation that a release of this disclosure has been made to the market will it 
then  be  placed  on  the  Company’s  website,  www.trafficltd.com.au.  Material  information  must  not  be  selectively 
disclosed (i.e. to analysts, the media or shareholders) prior to being announced to the ASX, and all media releases 
must be referred to the CEO for approval prior to any release. 
Principle 6: Respect the rights of shareholders 
The Company’s communication strategy is to promote effective communication with shareholders. 
The Company is committed to: 
• 
• 
• 
ensuring that shareholders and the financial markets are provided with full and timely information about the 
Company’s activities in a balanced and understandable way; 
complying  with  continuous  disclosure  obligations  contained  in  the  applicable  ASX  Listing  Rules  and  the 
Corporations Act in Australia; and 
communicating effectively with its shareholders and making it easier for shareholders to communicate with 
the Company. 
To promote effective communication  with  shareholders  and encourage effective participation  at  general meetings, 
information will be communicated to shareholders:  
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
through the release of information to the market via the ASX;  
through the distribution of the Annual Report and Notices of Annual General Meeting; 
through shareholder meetings; 
through letters and other forms of communications directly to shareholders;  
by posting relevant information on the Company’s website; and 
by providing shareholders with a choice of information delivery i.e. paper or electronic means 
The Company’s website, www.trafficltd.com.au, has a dedicated Shareholder Information section and endeavours to 
publish on the website all important company information and relevant announcements made to the market. 
The  external  auditors  will  be  requested  to  attend  the  Annual  General  Meeting  and  will  be  available  to  answer 
shareholders’ questions about the conduct of the audit and preparation of the Auditor’s Report. 
The  Company’s  reports  and  ASX  announcements  may  be  viewed  and  downloaded  from  the  ASX  website: 
!!!"#$%"&'("#)*(Stock code: TTI).  The Board encourages full participation of shareholders at the Annual General 
Meeting, to ensure a high level of accountability and identification with the Group’s strategy and goals.  The external 
auditor  is  required  to  attend  the  Annual  General  Meeting  of  the  Company  and  is  available  to  answer  shareholder 
questions about the conduct of the audit and the preparation and content of the auditor’s report. 
25 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Corporate Governance Statement 
Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk 
The Board of the Company takes a proactive approach to the Company’s risk management and internal compliance 
and control system.  This function is dealt with by the Audit & Risk Committee. 
The  Audit  &  Risk  Committee  is  responsible  for  ensuring  that  adverse  risks  and  mitigation  of  these  risks  are 
identified  on  a  timely  basis  and  that  the  Company’s  objectives  and  activities  are  aligned  with  the  risks  and 
opportunities identified by the Committee and the Board of Directors. 
The  Company  has  developed  a  policy  on  risk  oversight  and  management  and  will  undertake  a  detailed  risk 
assessment of the company’s operations, procedures and processes. The risk assessment will be aimed at identifying 
the following: 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
a  culture  of  risk  control  and  the  minimisation  of  adverse  risk  throughout  the  Company,  which  is  being  done 
through natural or instinctive process by employees of the Company; 
a culture of risk control that can easily identify adverse risks as they arise and amend practices; 
the installation of practices and procedures in all areas of the business that are designed to minimise an event or 
incident that could have a financial or other effect on the business and its day to day management; and 
adoption of practices and procedures to minimise many of the standard adverse commercial risks, i.e., taking out 
the appropriate insurance policies, or ensuring compliance reporting is up to date and 
adoption of regular risk management controls reporting to the Board, via the Audit & Risk Committee. 
For the purposes of assisting investors to understand better the nature of the risks faced by the Company, the Board 
has prepared a list of adverse operational risks as part of these disclosures.  However the Board notes that this does 
not necessarily represent an exhaustive list and that it may be subject to change based on underlying market events: 
•  Adverse change in economic conditions affecting demand for the Company’s products or services; 
•  Decrease in Federal or State government expenditure on transport infrastructure; 
•  Deferral of major projects through circumstances outside the Company’s control; 
•  Adverse operating conditions, including prolonged periods of adverse weather conditions affecting operations; 
and 
Increasing costs of operations, including labour costs. 
• 
Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer certification 
In  accordance with  section  295A  of the  Corporations Act,  the Managing Director and  the  Chief  Financial Officer 
have provided a written statement to the Board that: 
• 
In  their  view  the  Company’s  financial  report  is  founded  on  a  sound  system  of  risk  management  and  internal 
compliance and control which implements the financial policies adopted by the Board; and  
•  The  Company’s  risk  management  and  internal  compliance  and  control  system  is  operating  effectively  in  all 
material respects. 
26 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Corporate Governance Statement 
Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and responsibility 
It is the Company’s objective to provide maximum stakeholder benefit from the retention of a high quality Board and 
executive  team  by  remunerating  Directors  and  key  executives  fairly  and  appropriately  with  reference  to  relevant 
employment market conditions.  To assist in achieving this  objective, the Nomination & Remuneration Committee 
takes account of the Company’s financial and operating performance in setting the nature and amount of executive 
Directors’ and executives’ remuneration.  In relation to the payment of bonuses, options or other incentive payments, 
discretion is exercised by the Nomination & Remuneration Committee, having regard to the overall performance of 
the Company and the performance of the individual during the period.  The expected outcomes of the remuneration 
structure are: 
•  Retention and motivation of key executives; 
•  Attraction of high quality management to the Company; and 
•  Performance incentives that allow executives to share in the success of the Company. 
For a full discussion of the Company’s remuneration philosophy and framework and the remuneration received by 
Directors and executives in the current period please refer to the Remuneration Report which is contained within the 
Directors’ Report.   
Nomination & Remuneration Committee 
The  Company has  a  Nomination  &  Remuneration  Committee  which is responsible  for determining  and reviewing 
compensation arrangements for the Directors and CEO and for approving parameters within which the review of the 
compensation arrangements for the senior executive team can be conducted by the CEO.   
The Nomination & Remuneration Committee comprises all Board members, and is chaired by Mr. Horsburgh, who 
is an independent Director.  For details of meetings of Nomination & Remuneration Committee held during the year 
and the attendees at those meetings, refer to the Directors’ Report. 
The details of the remuneration paid to Directors and Officers are included in the Remuneration Report contained in 
the Annual Report. 
Non-executive Directors’ remuneration 
Certain  non-executive  directors  have  previously  been  issued  share  options  as  part  of  their  remuneration.    All 
Directors  and  executives  have  the  opportunity  to  qualify  for  participation  in  the  Company  Share  Option  Plan, 
including non-executive Directors, although Shareholder approval is required and has been obtained for all  equity-
based remuneration payable to Board members.  The payment of part of the remuneration of non-executive Directors 
in a non-cash form preserves cash for use in the business.  In common with other smaller-cap listed companies, the 
Company believes that it must pay its non-executive Directors adequate remuneration in the form of cash and options 
in  order  to  attract  and  retain  non-executive  Directors  of  appropriate  qualifications  and  experience.    Details  of 
Directors’ option holdings are disclosed in the Annual Report. 
There is no scheme to provide retirement benefits, other than statutory superannuation, to non-executive Directors.  
Shareholder approval is required for all equity-based remuneration payable to Board members. 
27 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Statement of Comprehensive Income 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
Continuing operations 
Revenue 
Cost of sales 
Gross Profit 
Other income 
Employee benefits expense 
Occupancy costs 
Other expenses 
Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, 
amortisation expense and non-recurring items 
Non-recurring items 
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment expense 
Finance costs 
Loss before income tax 
Note 
2a 
3a 
2b 
3h 
3b 
3d 
3c 
3e 
Income tax benefit / (expense) 
4(b) 
Loss for the year from continuing operations 
Discontinued operations and Disposal group held for sale 
Profit for the year from Discontinued operations and 
Disposal group held for sale 
6b 
Net loss for the year 
Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax 
Net loss and total comprehensive income  for the year 
Earnings/ (loss) per share 
From continuing operations 
- Basic (cents per share) 
- Diluted (cents per share) 
From continuing and disposal group held for sale 
- Basic (cents per share) 
- Diluted (cents per share) 
5 
5 
5 
5 
Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
47,801 
49,488 
(31,470) 
(34,976) 
16,331 
14,512 
50 
379 
(7,510) 
(7,907) 
(2,061) 
(2,154) 
(2,651) 
(2,523) 
4,159 
2,307 
(955) 
(1,382) 
(2,186) 
(1,682) 
(3,722) 
(4,991) 
(2,704) 
(5,748) 
(218) 
115 
(2,922) 
(5,633) 
2,668 
679 
(254) 
(4,954) 
- 
- 
(254) 
(4,954) 
(2.02) 
(2.02) 
(4.49) 
(4.49) 
(0.18) 
(0.18) 
(3.94) 
(3.94) 
The Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements.
28 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Statement of Financial Position 
As at 30 June 2010 
Note 
20(a) 
7 
8 
6(c) 
10 
11 
9 
4(d) 
Current Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Prepayments 
Assets of disposal group classified as held for sale 
Total Current Assets 
Non-Current Assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets and goodwill 
Other financial assets  
Deferred tax assets 
Total Non-Current Assets 
TOTAL ASSETS 
Current Liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Provisions 
Liabilities directly associated with assets of disposal 
group classified as held for sale 
12 
13 
14 
6(c) 
Total Current Liabilities 
Non-Current Liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Provisions 
Derivative financial instruments 
Total Non-Current Liabilities 
TOTAL LIABILITIES 
NET ASSETS 
Equity 
Contributed equity 
Accumulated losses 
Share-based payments reserve 
TOTAL EQUITY 
12 
13 
14 
16 
15 
Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
3,457 
16,506 
7,237 
784 
13,171 
3,591 
14,267 
7,488 
657 
- 
41,155 
26,003 
5,699 
34,241 
1 
316 
9,501 
43,641 
193 
388 
40,257 
53,723 
81,412 
79,726 
13,750 
19,135 
2,392 
3,597 
12,391 
9,790 
2,751 
- 
38,874 
24,932 
116 
23,936 
96 
333 
176 
35,998 
254 
663 
24,481 
37,091 
63,355 
62,023 
18,057 
17,703 
41,663 
(24,606) 
1,000 
41,062 
(24,352) 
993 
18,057 
17,703 
The Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements. 
29 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Statement of Changes in Equity 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
Ordinary 
Shares 
$’000 
Convertible 
redeemable 
preference 
shares 
$’000 
Share based 
payments  
Reserve 
Accumulated 
Losses 
Total 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
33,062 
8,000 
980 
(19,398) 
22,644 
CONSOLIDATED 
At 1 July 2008 
Loss for the year 
Other comprehensive income 
Total comprehensive income for the year 
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners: 
Conversion of 100 preference shares into  
100 ordinary shares# 
Share-based payment 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
At 30 June 2009 
33,062 
8,000 
Loss for the year 
Other comprehensive income 
Total comprehensive income for the year 
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners: 
Share Placement 
18,838,717 new ordinary shares issued at 3.5 cents 
per share  – 10 August 2009 
Transaction costs 
Deferred tax on transaction costs 
Share Conversion 
Conversion of 500,000 preference shares to 500,000 
ordinary shares at 25 cents per share - 15 December 
2009 
Share Conversion 
Conversion of 15,000,000 preference shares to 
15,000,000 ordinary shares at 25 cents per share  – 
11 May 2010 
Transaction costs 
Share-based payment 
- 
- 
- 
659 
(69) 
21 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
125 
(125) 
3,750 
(10) 
- 
(3,750) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
13 
993 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
7 
(4,954) 
- 
(4,954) 
- 
(4,954) 
(4,954) 
- 
- 
- 
13 
(24,352) 
17,703 
(254) 
- 
(254) 
(254) 
- 
(254) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
659 
(69) 
21 
- 
- 
(10) 
7 
At 30 June 2010 
37,538 
4,125 
1,000 
(24,606) 
18,057 
# - Transaction is less than $500. 
Share-based Payment Reserve 
The  share  based  payments  reserve  is  used  to  record  the  value  of  share  based  payments  provided  to  employees, 
including key management personnel, as part of their remuneration and the value of share based payments provided 
to vendors as part of the consideration in business combinations. See Note 17 for further details. 
The Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements. 
30 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Statement of Cash Flows 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
Note 
Cash flows from operating activities 
Receipts from customers 
Payments to suppliers and employees 
Interest received 
Interest paid 
Income tax refund 
Income tax paid 
Net cash provided by operating activities 
20(b) 
Cash flows from investing activities 
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds from disposal of intangibles 
Purchase of property plant and equipment 
Proceeds from disposal of businesses 
Purchase of businesses 
Purchase of intangible assets  
Net cash (used in) investing activities 
Cash flows from financing activities 
Proceeds from share issues 
Capital raising fees 
Proceeds from borrowings 
Payment for finance facility fees 
Repayment of borrowings 
Net cash (used in)/ provided by financing activities 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the 
financial year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the financial year 
20(a) 
Consolidated 
2010 
Inflows / 
(Outflows) 
$'000 
2009 
Inflows / 
(Outflows) 
$'000 
98,637 
(92,371) 
77 
(3,464) 
- 
- 
100,759 
(94,964) 
122 
(4,406) 
524 
(546) 
2,879 
1,489 
125 
32 
(1,090) 
5 
- 
(1,528) 
431 
- 
(3,066) 
652 
(718) 
(1,560) 
(2,456) 
(4,261) 
659 
(80) 
- 
(115) 
(1,021) 
- 
- 
2,447 
(230) 
(1,208) 
(557) 
1,009 
(134) 
(1,763) 
3,591 
5,354 
3,457 
3,591 
The Statement of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements. 
31 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
The financial report of Traffic Technologies Ltd (the Company) for the year ended 30 June 2010 was authorised for 
issue in accordance with a resolution of the directors on 26 August 2010. 
The  Company  is  a  company  limited  by  shares  incorporated  in  Australia  whose  shares  are  publicly  traded  on  the 
Australian Stock Exchange.  The nature of the operations and principal activities of the Group are described in the 
Directors’ Report. 
1. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 
a)  Basis of Preparation 
This  financial report is  a general purpose financial report that has been prepared in accordance  with the 
requirements  of  the  Corporations  Act  2001,  Australian  Accounting  Standards  and  other  authoritative 
pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board.  The financial report has been prepared 
on an accruals basis and under the historical cost convention. 
The  financial  report  covers  Traffic  Technologies  Ltd  as  an  individual  parent  entity  and  Traffic 
Technologies  Ltd  and  controlled  entities  as  a  Group.  Traffic  Technologies  Ltd  is  an  Australian  listed 
public company limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in Australia.  
The nature and operations and principal activities of the Group are described in the Directors’ Report. 
The following is a summary of material accounting policies adopted by the Group in the preparation and 
presentation  of  the  financial  report.  The  accounting  policies  have  been  consistently  applied,  unless 
otherwise stated.  
The financial report of Traffic Technologies Ltd for the year ended 30 June 2010 was authorised for issue 
in accordance with a resolution of the directors on 26 August 2010. 
Rounding 
The amounts contained in the financial report have been rounded to the nearest thousand dollars ($’000) 
(unless  otherwise  stated)  under  the  option  available  to  the  Company  under  ASIC  Class  Order  98/0100.  
The Company is an entity to which the Class Order applies. 
Clarification of terminology used in income statement 
Under the requirements of AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements, expenses (apart from finance 
costs) must be classified according to  either  the nature (type) of  the  expense or  the  function (activity  to 
which  the  expense  relates).  Expenses  have  been  classified  using  the  nature  classification  as  it  more 
accurately reflects the type of operations undertaken. 
Earnings  before  interest,  income  tax,  depreciation,  amortisation  expenses  and  non-recurring  items 
(“EBITDA  before  non-recurring  items”)  reflects  the  results  from  continuing,  recurring  operational 
performance.  This  is  believed  to  be  a  relevant  and  useful  financial  measure  used  by  management  to 
measure the Group’s ongoing performance. 
32 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
b) 
New accounting standards and interpretations 
Changes in accounting policies and disclosures 
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year except as follows: 
The  Group  has  adopted  the  following  new  and  amended  Australian  Accounting  Standards  and  AASB 
Interpretations as of 1 July 2009: 
•  AASB 2008-1 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standard - Share-based Payments: Vesting 
•  Conditions and Cancellations effective 1 January 2009 
•  AASB 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures effective 1 January 2009 
•  AASB 8 Operating Segments effective 1 January 2009 
•  AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements (revised 2007) effective 1 January 2009 
•  AASB 123 Borrowing Costs (revised 2007) effective 1 January 2009 
•  AASB  Interpretation 16  Hedges of  a  Net  Investment  in  a  Foreign  Operation  effective 1  October 
2008 
•  AASB  2008-5  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  arising  from  the  Annual 
Improvements Project effective 1 January 2009 
•  AASB  2008-7  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  -  Cost  of  an  Investment  in  a 
Subsidiary, Jointly Controlled Entity or Associate effective 1 January 2009 
•  AASB 2009-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards - Embedded Derivatives [AASB 
139 and Interpretation 9] effective 30 June 2009 
•  AASB 2009-6 Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting Standards operative  for periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2009 that end on or after 30 June 2009 
•  AASB 3 Business Combinations (revised 2008) effective 1 July 2009 
•  AASB 127 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements (revised 2008) effective 1 July 2009 
•  AASB 2008-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 3 and AASB 
127 effective 1 July 2009 
•  AASB 2008-6 Further Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from the Annual 
•  Improvements Project [AASB 1 & AASB 5] effective 1 July 2009 
•  AASB  2009-4  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  arising  from  the  Annual 
Improvements Project effective 1 July 2009 
When  the  adoption  of  the  Standard  or  Interpretation  is  deemed  to  have  an  impact  on  the  financial 
statements or performance of the Group, its impact is described below: 
AASB 3 Business Combinations (revised 2008) and AASB 127 Consolidated and Separate Financial 
Statements (revised 2008) 
The Group elected to early adopt the revised Standards from 1 January 2009 (instead of 1 July 2009). 
AASB  3  (revised  2008)  introduces  significant  changes  in  the  accounting  for  business  combinations 
occurring  after this date.  Changes  affect  the  valuation of non-controlling  interests  (previously  “minority 
interests”),  the  accounting  for  transaction  costs,  the  initial  recognition  and  subsequent  measurement  of 
contingent  consideration  and  business  combinations  achieved  in  stages.  These  changes  will  impact  the 
amount of goodwill recognised, the reported results  in the  period when an acquisition occurs and  future 
reported results. 
AASB 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures 
The  amended  Standard  requires  additional  disclosures  about  fair  value  measurement  and  liquidity  risk. 
Fair value measurements related to all financial instruments recognised and measured at fair value are to 
be  disclosed  by  source  of  inputs  using  a  three  level  fair  value  hierarchy,  by  class.  In  addition,  a 
reconciliation  between  the  beginning  and  ending  balance  for  level  3  fair  value  measurements  is  now 
required, as well as significant transfers between levels in the fair value hierarchy. The amendments also 
33 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
clarify  the  requirements  for  liquidity  risk  disclosures  with  respect  to  derivative  transactions  and  assets 
used  for  liquidity  management.  The  fair  value  measurement  disclosures  are  presented  in  within  this 
financial report. The liquidity risk disclosures are not significantly  impacted by  the amendments and are 
presented in this financial report. 
AASB 8 Operating Segments 
AASB 8 replaced  AASB 114 Segment Reporting upon  its effective date.  The  Group concluded that the 
operating  segments  determined  in  accordance  with  AASB  8  are  the  same  as  the  business  segments 
previously identified under AASB 114. AASB 8 disclosures are  shown in note 26, including the related 
revised comparative information. 
AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements 
The  revised  Standard  separates  owner  and  non-owner  changes  in  equity.  The  statement  of  changes  in 
equity includes only details of transactions with owners, with non-owner changes in equity presented in a 
reconciliation of each component of equity and included in the new statement of comprehensive income. 
The statement  of  comprehensive  income  presents  all  items  of  recognised  income  and  expense,  either  in 
one single statement, or in two linked statements. The Group has elected to present one statement. 
AASB 123 Borrowing Costs 
The  revised  AASB  123  requires  capitalisation  of  borrowing  costs  that  are  directly  attributable  to  the 
acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset. The Group's previous policy was to expense 
borrowing  costs  as  they  were  incurred.  In  accordance  with  the  transitional  provisions  of  the  amended 
AASB 123,  the  Group  has  adopted  the Standard  on a prospective  basis.  Therefore,  borrowing  costs are 
capitalised on qualifying assets with a commencement date on or after 1 January 2009. The Group did not 
capitalise any borrowing costs in the current year. 
Annual Improvements Project 
In  May  2008  and  April  2009  the  AASB  issued  omnibus  of  amendments  to  its  Standards  as  part  of  the 
Annual Improvements Project, primarily with a view to removing inconsistencies and clarifying wording. 
There are separate transitional provisions and application dates for each amendment. The adoption of the 
following  amendments  resulted  in  changes  to  accounting  policies  but  did  not  have  any  impact  on  the 
financial position or performance of the Group. 
•  AASB  5  Non-current  Assets  Held  for  Sale  and  Discontinued  Operations:  clarifies  that  the 
disclosures required in respect of non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale 
or discontinued operations are only those set out in AASB 5. The disclosure requirements of other 
Accounting  Standards  only  apply  if  specifically  required  for  such  non-current  assets  or 
discontinued operations. As a result of this amendment, the Group amended its disclosures in note 
6. 
•  AASB  8  Operating  Segments:  clarifies  that  segment  assets  and  liabilities  need  only  be  reported 
when  those  assets  and  liabilities  are  included  in  measures  that  are  used  by  the  chief  operating 
decision maker.   As  the  Group's  chief operating  decision  maker  does review  segment  assets  and 
liabilities, the Group has continued to disclose this information in note 5. 
•  AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements: assets and liabilities classified as held for trading 
in  accordance  with  AASB  139  Financial  Instruments:  Recognition  and  Measurement  are  not 
automatically  classified  as  current in  the  statement  of  financial  position.  The  Group amended  its 
accounting  policy  accordingly  and  analysed  whether  management's  expectation  of  the  period  of 
realisation of financial assets and liabilities is in accordance with AASB 101. This did not result in 
any re-classification of  financial instruments between current and non-current in the statement of 
statement of financial position. 
34 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
•  AASB 116 Property, Plant and Equipment: replace the term "net selling price" with "fair value less 
costs to sell". The Group amended  its accounting policy accordingly, which did not result  in any 
change in the financial position. 
•  AASB  123  Borrowing  Costs:  the  definition  of  borrowing  costs  is  revised  to  consolidate  the  two 
types of items that are considered components of “borrowing costs” into one - the interest expense 
calculated using the  effective  interest rate method calculated in accordance with AASB 139. The 
Group  has  amended  its  accounting  policy  accordingly  which  did  not  result  in  any  change  in  its 
statement of financial position. 
•  AASB 136 Impairment of Assets: when discounted cash flows are used to estimate “fair value less 
cost  to  sell”  additional  disclosure  is  required  about  the  discount  rate,  consistent  with  disclosures 
required  when  the  discounted  cash  flows  are  used  to  estimate  “value  in  use”.  The  Group  has 
amended its disclosures accordingly in note 11.  The amendment also clarified that the largest unit 
permitted for allocating goodwill, acquired in a business combination, is the operating segment as 
defined  in AASB 8 before  aggregation for reporting purposes. The amendment has no impact on 
the Group as the annual impairment test is performed before aggregation. 
•  AASB 138 Intangible Assets: expenditure on advertising and promotional activities is recognised 
as an expense when the Group either has the right to access the goods or has received the service. 
This  amendment  has  no  impact  on  the  Group  because  it  does  not  enter  into  such  promotional 
activities.   
Other  amendments  resulting  from  the  Annual Improvements Project  to  the  following  Standards did not 
have any impact on the accounting policies, financial position or performance of the Group: 
•  AASB 2 Share-based Payment 
•  AASB 108 Accounting Policies, Change in Accounting Estimates and Error 
•  AASB 110 Events after the Reporting Period 
•  AASB 117 Leases 
•  AASB 118 Revenue 
•  AASB 119 Employee Benefits 
•  AASB 120 Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance 
•  AASB 128 Investment in Associates 
•  AASB 131 Interests in Joint Ventures 
•  AASB 138 Intangible Assets 
•  AASB 140 Investment Property 
Accounting standards and interpretations issued but not yet effective 
Australian Accounting Standards and Interpretations that have recently been issued or amended but are not 
yet effective and have not been adopted by the Group for the annual reporting period ending 30 June 2010, 
outlined in the table below: 
35 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
Application 
date for 
Group* 
1 July 2010 
Application 
date of 
standard* 
January 
1 
2010 
Impact on Group 
financial report 
The Group does not 
expect  any  material 
impact as a result of 
these  amendments, 
if any. 
Reference 
Title 
Summary 
AASB 2009-5 
Further  Amendments  to 
Australian  Accounting 
Standards  arising  from 
the 
Annual 
Improvements Project 
[AASB  5,  8,  101,  107, 
117, 118, 136 & 139] 
The  amendments  to  some  Standards  result  in 
accounting  changes for  presentation, recognition 
or  measurement 
some 
amendments 
terminology  and 
editorial  changes  are  expected  to  have  no  or 
minimal  effect  on  accounting  except  for  the 
following: 
purposes,  while 
that  relate  to 
The  amendment  to  AASB  117  removes  the 
specific  guidance  on  classifying  land  as  a  lease 
so  that  only  the  general  guidance  remains.  
Assessing  land  leases  based  on  the  general 
criteria  may  result  in  more  land  leases  being 
classified as  finance leases  and if so, the type of 
asset  which  is  to  be  recorded  (intangible  vs. 
property,  plant  and  equipment)  needs  to  be 
determined. 
The amendment to AASB 101 stipulates that the 
terms  of  a  liability  that  could  result,  at  anytime, 
in  its  settlement  by  the  issuance  of  equity 
instruments at the  option  of the  counterparty  do 
not affect its classification. 
The  amendment  to  AASB  107  explicitly  states 
that only expenditure that results in a recognised 
asset  can  be  classified  as  a  cash  flow  from 
investing activities. 
to  AASB  118  provides 
The  amendment 
additional  guidance  to  determine  whether  an 
entity is acting as a principal or as an agent.  The 
features  indicating  an  entity  is  acting  as  a 
principal are whether the entity: 
►  has  primary  responsibility  for  providing  the 
goods or service; 
►  has inventory risk; 
►  has discretion in establishing prices; 
►  bears the credit risk. 
36 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
Reference 
Title 
Summary 
Application 
date of 
standard* 
Impact on Group 
financial report 
Application 
date for 
Group* 
AASB  2009-5 
(con’t) 
Further  Amendments  to 
Australian  Accounting 
Standards  arising  from 
the 
Annual 
Improvements Project 
The  amendment  to  AASB  136  clarifies  that  the 
largest  unit  permitted  for  allocating  goodwill 
acquired 
the 
in  a  business  combination 
operating  segment,  as  defined  in  IFRS  8  before 
aggregation for reporting purposes. 
is 
[AASB  5,  8,  101,  107, 
117, 118, 136 & 139] 
The  main  change  to  AASB  139  clarifies  that  a 
prepayment  option  is  considered  closely  related 
to the host  contract when the  exercise  price  of  a 
prepayment  option  reimburses  the  lender  up  to 
the approximate present value of lost interest for 
the remaining term of the host contract. 
The  other  changes  clarify  the  scope  exemption 
for  business  combination  contracts  and  provide 
clarification  in  relation  to  accounting  for  cash 
flow hedges. 
AASB 2009-8 
Amendments 
to 
Australian  Accounting 
Standards – Group Cash-
Share-based 
settled 
Transactions 
Payment 
[AASB 2] 
This  Standard  makes  amendments  to  Australian 
Accounting  Standard  AASB  2  Share-based 
Payment  and  supersedes  Interpretation  8  Scope 
of AASB 2 and Interpretation 11 AASB 2 – Group 
and Treasury Share Transactions.  
January 
1 
2010 
The Group does not 
expect  any  material 
impact as a result of 
these  amendments, 
if any. 
1 July 2010 
cash-settled 
the 
in 
share-based 
separate  or 
the  accounting  for 
The  amendments  clarify 
payment 
group 
transactions 
individual 
financial  statements  of  the  entity  receiving  the 
goods  or  services  when 
the  entity  has  no 
obligation  to  settle  the  share-based  payment 
transaction. 
The amendments clarify the scope of AASB 2 by 
requiring  an  entity 
that  receives  goods  or 
services  in  a  share-based  payment  arrangement 
to  account  for those goods or  services  no matter 
which entity  in the  group settles  the transaction, 
and  no  matter  whether  the  transaction  is  settled 
in shares or cash. 
37 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
Reference 
Title 
Summary 
AASB 2009-9 
Amendments  to  IFRS  1 
First-time  Adoption  of 
International  Financial 
Reporting Standards. 
the 
The  amendments  address 
retrospective 
application  of IFRSs  to  particular  situations  and 
are  aimed  at  ensuring  that  entities  applying 
IFRSs  will  not  face  undue  cost  or  effort  in  the 
transition process. 
Application 
date for 
Group* 
1 July 2010 
Application 
date of 
standard* 
January 
1 
2010 
Impact on Group 
financial report 
The Group does not 
expect  any  material 
impact as a result of 
these  amendments, 
if any. 
Specifically, the amendments:  
►  exempt  entities  using  the  full  cost  method 
from retrospective application  of IFRSs for 
oil and gas assets 
►  exempt  entities  with  existing 
leasing 
contracts from reassessing the classification 
of those contracts in accordance with IFRIC 
4  Determining  whether  an  Arrangement 
contains  a  Lease  when  the  application  of 
their  national  accounting 
requirements 
produced the same result. 
AASB 2009-10 
Amendments 
to 
Australian  Accounting 
Standards 
– 
Classification  of  Rights 
Issues [AASB 132] 
The  amendment  provides  relief  to  entities  that 
issue  rights  in  a  currency  other  than  their 
functional  currency,  from  treating  the  rights  as 
derivatives  with  fair  value  changes  recorded  in 
profit or loss.  Such rights will now be classified 
as equity instruments when certain conditions are 
met. 
1 July 2010 
1  February 
2010 
The Group does not 
expect  any  material 
impact as a result of 
these  amendments, 
if any. 
38 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
Application 
date for 
Group* 
1 July 2013 
Application 
date of 
standard* 
January 
1 
2013 
Impact on Group 
financial report 
The Group does not 
expect  any  material 
impact as a result of 
these  amendments, 
if any. 
Reference 
Title 
Summary 
AASB 2009-11 
Amendments 
to 
Australian  Accounting 
Standards  arising  from 
9 
AASB 
[AASB 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 101, 
102,  108,  112,  118,  121, 
127,  128,  131,  132,  136, 
139,  1023  &  1038  and 
Interpretations 10 & 12] 
The  revised  Standard  introduces  a  number  of 
changes  to  the  accounting  for  financial  assets, 
the most significant of which includes: 
► 
► 
► 
► 
► 
► 
in 
the 
from 
flows 
two  categories  for  financial  assets 
being amortised cost or fair value 
removal of the requirement to separate 
financial 
embedded  derivatives 
assets 
strict requirements to determine which 
financial  assets  can  be  classified  as 
amortised  cost  or  fair  value,  Financial 
assets  can  only  be  classified  as 
amortised  cost  if  (a)  the  contractual 
cash 
instrument 
represent principal and interest and (b) 
the  entity’s  purpose  for  holding  the 
instrument is to collect the  contractual 
cash flows 
an  option  for  investments  in  equity 
instruments  which  are  not  held  for 
trading to recognise fair value changes 
through  other  comprehensive  income 
with  no  impairment  testing  and  no 
recycling  through  profit  or  loss  on 
derecognition 
reclassifications  between  amortised 
cost and fair value no longer permitted 
unless  the  entity’s  business  model  for 
holding the asset changes 
and 
changes 
to 
additional  disclosures 
equity 
instruments  classified  as  fair  value 
through other comprehensive income 
accounting 
the 
for 
AASB 2009-12 
Amendments 
to 
Australian  Accounting 
Standards 
[AASBs  5,  8,  108,  110, 
112,  119,  133,  137,  139, 
1023  & 
and 
Interpretations  2,  4,  16, 
1039 & 1052] 
1031 
This  amendment  makes  numerous  editorial 
changes  to  a  range  of  Australian  Accounting 
Standards and Interpretations. 
January 
1 
2011 
The  amendment  to  AASB  124  clarifies  and 
simplifies the definition of a related party as well 
as  providing  some  relief  for  government-related 
entities  (as  defined  in  the  amended  standard)  to 
disclose  details  of  all  transactions  with  other 
government-related  entities  (as  well  as  with  the 
government itself) 
1 July 2011 
The Group does not 
expect  any  material 
impact as a result of 
these  amendments, 
if any. 
AASB 2009-13 
Amendments 
to 
Australian  Accounting 
Standards  arising  from 
Interpretation 
19 
[AASB 1]  
This  amendment  to  AASB  1  allows  a  first-time 
adopter  may  apply  the transitional  provisions  in 
Interpretation 19 as identified in AASB 1048.  
1 July 2010 
1 July 2010 
The Group does not 
expect  any  material 
impact as a result of 
these  amendments, 
if any. 
39 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
Reference 
Title 
Summary 
AASB 2009-14 
Amendments 
to 
Australian  Interpretation 
–  Prepayments  of  a 
Minimum 
Funding 
Requirement 
Interpretation 
19*** 
Interpretation 
19 
Extinguishing  Financial 
Liabilities  with  Equity 
Instruments 
of 
a  Minimum 
These  amendments  arise  from  the  issuance  of 
Funding 
Prepayments 
Requirement  (Amendments  to  IFRIC  14).  The 
requirements  of  IFRIC  14  meant  that  some 
entities  that  were  subject  to  minimum  funding 
requirements  could  not  treat  any  surplus  in  a 
defined  benefit  pension  plan  as  an  economic 
benefit.   
The  amendment  requires  entities  to  treat  the 
benefit  of  such  an  early  payment  as  a  pension 
asset. Subsequently, the remaining surplus in the 
plan, if  any, is subject to the  same  analysis  as if 
no prepayment had been made. 
that 
clarifies 
interpretation 
This 
equity 
instruments  issued  to  a  creditor  to  extinguish  a 
financial  liability  are  “consideration  paid”  in 
accordance  with  paragraph  41  of  IAS  39.  As  a 
result, the  financial liability is derecognised  and 
the  equity  instruments  issued  are  treated  as 
consideration  paid  to  extinguish  that  financial 
liability.  
Application 
date for 
Group* 
1 July 2011 
Application 
date of 
standard* 
January 
1 
2011 
Impact on Group 
financial report 
The Group does not 
expect  any  material 
impact as a result of 
these  amendments, 
if any. 
1 July 2010 
1 July 2010 
The Group does not 
expect  any  material 
impact as a result of 
these  amendments, 
if any. 
The  interpretation  states  that  equity  instruments 
issued  in  a  debt  for  equity  swap  should  be 
measured  at 
the  equity 
the  fair  value  of 
instruments  issued,  if  this  can  be  determined 
the  equity 
reliably. 
instruments  issued  is  not  reliably  determinable, 
the  equity  instruments  should  be  measured  by 
reference  to  the  fair  value  of  the  financial 
liability  extinguished  as  of 
the  date  of 
extinguishment. 
fair  value  of 
the 
If 
*  
designates the beginning of the applicable annual reporting period unless otherwise stated 
**  
only applicable to not-for-profit / public sector entities  
***  
pronouncements  that have been issued  by the IASB and IFRIC  but have not  yet  been issued by the  AASB. Entities  must 
disclose  the  impact  of  these  pronouncements  in  order  to  make the  statement  of  compliance  with  IFRS  under  AASB  101.14.  For-
profit public sector entities may not be required to disclose the impact of IASB and IFRIC pronouncements if they have applied an 
Australian  Accounting  Standard,  which  is  inconsistent  with  IFRS  requirements  under  AASB  101.Aus14.2.  Not-for-profit  entities 
need not comply with AASB 101.14 and are not required to disclose the impact of IASB and IFRIC pronouncements  under AASB 
101.Aus14.3. 
Compliance with IFRS 
The financial report complies with Australian Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. 
40 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
c) 
Basis of consolidation 
The consolidated financial statements comprise  the  financial statements of Traffic Technologies Ltd and 
its subsidiaries (as outlined in note 9) as at 30 June each year (the Group). 
Subsidiaries  are  all  those  entities  over  which  the  Group  has  the  power  to  govern  the  financial  and 
operating  policies  so  as  to  obtain  benefits  from  their  activities.    The  existence  and  effect  of  potential 
voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing whether a Group 
controls another entity. 
The  financial  statements  of  the  subsidiaries  are  prepared  for  the  same  reporting  period  as  the  parent 
company, using consistent accounting policies.  
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, all intercompany balances and transactions, income and 
expenses and profit and losses resulting from intra-group transactions have been eliminated in full. 
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is obtained by the Group and cease to 
be consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of the Group. 
Investments in subsidiaries held by Traffic Technologies Limited are accounted for at cost in the separate 
financial  statements  of  the  parent  entity  less  any  impairment  charges.  Dividends  received  from 
subsidiaries are recorded as a component of other revenues in the separate income statement of the parent 
entity,  and do  not  impact  the  recorded cost of  the  investment.  Upon  receipt of  dividend  payments  from 
subsidiaries,  the  parent  will  assess  whether  any  indicators  of  impairment  of  the  carrying  value  of  the 
investment in the subsidiary exist. Where such indicators exist, to the extent that the carrying value of the 
investment exceeds its recoverable amount, an impairment loss is recognised. 
The  acquisition  of  subsidiaries  is  accounted  for  using  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting.  The 
acquisition method of accounting involves recognising at  acquisition date, separately from goodwill, the 
identifiable  assets  acquired,  the  liabilities assumed  and  any  non-controlling  interest  in  the  acquiree.  The 
identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed are measured at their acquisition date fair values. 
The difference between the above items and the fair value of the consideration (including the fair value of 
any pre-existing investment in the acquiree) is goodwill or a discount on acquisition. 
d) 
Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions 
The  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  requires  management  to  make  judgements,  estimates  and 
assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  in  the  financial  statements.    Management  continually 
evaluates  its  judgements  and estimates  in relation  to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenue  and 
expenses.    Management  bases  its  judgements  and  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  other  various 
factors  it  believes  to  be  reasonable  under  the  circumstances,  the  result  of  which  form  the  basis  of  the 
carrying values of  assets  and  liabilities  that are not  readily apparent  from other  sources.   Actual  results 
may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions. 
Management  has  identified  the  following  critical  accounting  policies  for  which  significant  judgements, 
estimates  and  assumptions  are  made.  Actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates  under  different 
assumptions and conditions and may materially affect financial results or the financial position reported in 
future periods. 
Further details of the nature of these assumptions and conditions may be found in the relevant notes to the 
financial statements. 
41 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
1. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
Significant accounting judgements 
Recovery of deferred tax assets 
Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences as management considers that it is 
probable that future taxable profits will be available to utilise those temporary differences. 
Impairment of non-financial assets other than goodwill 
The Group assesses impairment of all assets at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specific to the 
Group and to the particular asset that may lead to impairment. These include product and manufacturing 
performance,  technology,  economic  and  political  environments  and  future  product  and  service  delivery 
expectations.  If  an  impairment  trigger  exists  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  asset  is  determined.  This 
involves value in use calculations, which incorporate a number of key estimates and assumptions. 
Classification of assets and liabilities as held for sale 
The  Group  classifies  assets  and  liabilities  as  held  for  sale  when  its  carrying  amount  will  be  recovered 
through a sale  transaction. The assets and liabilities must be available for immediate sale and the Group 
must be committed to selling the asset either through the entering into a contractual sale agreement or the 
activation and commitment to a program to locate a buyer and dispose of the assets and liabilities. 
Capitalised development costs 
Development  costs  are  only  capitalised  by  the  Group  when  it  can  be  demonstrated  that  the  technical 
feasibility of completing the intangible asset is valid so that the asset will be available for use or sale. 
Taxation 
The  Group's  accounting  policy  for  taxation  requires  management's  judgement  as  to  the  types  of 
arrangements considered to be a tax on income in contrast to an operating cost. Judgement is also required 
in assessing whether deferred tax assets and certain deferred tax liabilities are recognised on the statement 
of  financial  position.  Deferred  tax  assets,  including  those  arising  from  unrecouped  tax  losses,  capital 
losses and temporary differences, are recognised only where it is considered more likely than not that they 
will be recovered, which is dependent on the generation of sufficient  future  taxable profits. Deferred tax 
liabilities arising from temporary differences in investments, caused principally by retained earnings held 
in foreign  tax  jurisdictions, are recognised unless repatriation of retained earnings  can be controlled and 
are not expected to occur in the foreseeable future. 
Assumptions about the generation of future taxable profits and repatriation of retained earnings depend on 
management's  estimates of  future  cash  flows. These depend  on estimates  of  future production and  sales 
volumes, operating costs, restoration costs,  capital expenditure, dividends  and other capital management 
transactions.  Judgements  are  also  required  about  the  application  of  income  tax  legislation.  These 
judgements and assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty, hence there is a possibility that changes in 
circumstances  will  alter expectations, which  may  impact the amount  of deferred tax  assets  and  deferred 
tax  liabilities  recognised  on  the  statement  of  financial  position  and  the  amount  of  other  tax  losses  and 
temporary differences not  yet recognised. In such circumstances,  some or all of the carrying amounts of 
recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities may require adjustment, resulting in a corresponding credit or 
charge to the statement of comprehensive income. 
42 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
1. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
Significant accounting estimates and assumptions 
Significance of inputs in fair value hierarchy 
An  unobservable  valuation  input  is  considered  significant  if  stressing  the  unobservable  input  to  the 
valuation model would result in a greater than 10% change in the overall fair value of the instrument. 
Estimated impairment of goodwill 
The  Group  determines  whether  goodwill  is  impaired  at  least  on  an  annual  basis.  This  requires  an 
estimation of the recoverable  amount of  the  cash-generating  units,  using  a  value  in  use discounted  cash 
flow  methodology,  to which the goodwill and intangibles  with  indefinite useful  lives are allocated.  The 
assumptions used in the estimation of recoverable amount and the carrying amount of goodwill including 
a sensitivity analysis are discussed in note 11. 
Unfavourable contracts 
In determining its liability under unfavourable contracts, the Group first assesses which of its contracts are 
loss making and then ascertains whether the contract can be renegotiated or cancelled at no cost.  In the 
event  the  Group  is  unsuccessful  with  an  unfavourable  contract,  a  provision  is  calculated  in  accordance 
with the lesser amount of cancelling the contract and performing its obligation under the contract. 
Long service leave provision 
As discussed in Note 1(u), the liability for  long service leave is recognised and  measured  at the present 
value  of  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  to  be  made  in  respect  of  all  employees  at  balance  date.  In 
determining  the  present  value  of  the  liability,  attrition  rates  and  pay  increases  through  inflation  and 
promotion have been taken into account. 
43 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
1. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
Allowance for impairment loss on receivables 
Where receivables  are  outstanding beyond  the  normal trading  terms,  the  likelihood of  recovery  of  these 
receivables is assessed by management.  Debts that are considered to be uncollectible are written off when 
identified. 
Estimation of useful lives of assets 
The estimation of useful lives of assets has been based on historical experience (for plant and equipment), 
lease terms (for leased equipment) and turnover policies (for motor vehicles). In addition, the condition of 
assets  is  assessed  at  least  once  a  year  and  considered  against  the  remaining  useful  life.  Adjustments  to 
useful life are made when considered necessary. Depreciation charges are disclosed in Note 10. 
Maintenance warranty 
In  determining  the  level  of  the  provision  required  for  warranties,  the  Group  has  made  judgements  in 
respect  of  the  expected performance of  the products  and  any  liability resulting  from installation  works. 
Historical experience and current knowledge of the performance of products has been used in determining 
this provision.  The related carrying amounts are disclosed in Note 14. 
e) 
Revenue recognition 
Revenue is  recognised  and  measured at  the  fair value  of the consideration  received  or  receivable  to the 
extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably 
measured. The following specific recognition criteria must be met before revenue is recognised: 
(i)  Sale of goods 
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when there is persuasive evidence, usually in the form of an 
executed sales agreement at the time of delivery of the goods to customer, indicating that there has been a 
transfer of risks and rewards to the customer, no further work or processing is required, the quantity and 
quality  of  the  goods  has  been determined,  the  price  is  fixed and generally  title  has  passed  (for shipped 
goods this is the bill of lading date). 
(ii)  Rendering of services  
Revenue  is  recognised  by  reference  to  the  stage  of  completion  of  a  contract.    Stage  of  completion  is 
measured by reference to labour hours incurred to date as a percentage of total estimated labour hours for 
each contract.  When the contract outcome cannot be estimated reliably, revenue is recognised only to the 
extent of the expenses recognised that are recoverable. 
(iii)  Interest revenue 
Interest revenue is recognised as interest accrues using the effective interest rate method.  This is a method 
of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset and allocating the  interest income over the relevant 
period  using  the  effective  interest  rate,  which  is  the  rate  that  exactly  discounts  estimated  future  cash 
receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to the net carrying amount of the financial asset. 
(iv)  Dividends 
Revenue is recognised when the Group’s right to receive the dividend is established.    
44 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
1. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
f) 
Leases 
The  determination  of  whether  an  arrangement  is  or  contains  a  lease  is  based  on  the  substance  of  the 
arrangement and requires an assessment of whether the fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on the 
use of a specific asset or assets and the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset. 
Group as a lessee 
Finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership 
of the leased item, are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if 
lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between the 
finance  charges  and  reduction  of  the  lease  liability  so  as  to  achieve  a  constant  rate  of  interest  on  the 
remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are recognised as an expense in profit or loss. 
Capitalised leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the 
lease term if there is no reasonable certainty that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease 
term. 
Operating  lease  payments are  recognised as  an  expense  in  the  income  statement on  a  straight-line basis 
over the lease term. Lease incentives are recognised in the income statement as an integral part of the total 
lease expense. 
g) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits 
with an original maturity of three months or less. 
For the purposes of the Cash Flow Statement, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash 
equivalents as defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts. 
45 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
1. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
h) 
Trade and other receivables 
Trade  receivables,  which  generally  have  30  day  terms,  are  recognized  initially  at  fair  value  and 
subsequently  measured at amortised cost using the  effective interest  rate  method,  less  an allowance  for 
any uncollectible amounts. 
Collectability  of  trade  receivables  is  reviewed  on  an  ongoing  basis.  Debts  that  are  known  to  be 
uncollectible  are  written  off  when  identified.  An  allowance  for  doubtful  debts  is  raised  when  there  is 
objective evidence that the Group will not be able  to collect the receivable. Financial difficulties of the 
debtor,  default payments  or debts more  than  90-120  days  overdue  are  considered  objective evidence  of 
impairment.  The  amount  of  the  impairment  loss  is  the  receivable  carrying  amount  compared  to  the 
present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate. 
Amounts due from subsidiary entities 
Amounts due from subsidiary entities are non-interest bearing and are receivable on demand.  
An  impairment  assessment  is  undertaken  each  financial  year  in  order  to  determine  whether  there  is 
objective  evidence that  the  inter-company  receivable  is  impaired.  If  such objective  evidence exists,  the 
Company recognises an allowance for the impairment loss.  
i) 
Inventories 
Inventories including raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods are valued at  the lower of cost 
and net realisable value.  
Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present location and condition are accounted for as follows: 
§  Raw  materials  –  purchase  cost  on  a  first-in,  first-out  basis.  The  cost  of  purchase  comprises  the 
purchase price, import duties and other taxes (other than those subsequently recoverable by the entity 
from the taxing authorities), transport, handling and other costs directly attributable to the acquisition 
of raw materials and volume discounts and rebates. 
§  Finished  goods  and  work-in-progress  –  cost  of  direct  materials  and  labour  and  a  proportion  of 
variable  and  fixed  manufacturing  overheads  based  on  normal  operating  capacity  but  excluding 
borrowing costs. 
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of 
completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. 
j) 
Investments and other financial assets 
Classification 
Investments  and  financial  assets  in  the  scope  of  AASB  139  Financial  Instruments:  Recognition  and 
Measurement  are  categorised  as  either  financial  assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss,  loans  and 
receivables,  held-to-maturity  investments,  or  available-for-sale  financial  assets.  The  classification 
depends  on  the  purpose  for  which  the  investments  were  acquired.  Designation  is  re-evaluated  at  each 
financial year end, but there are restrictions on reclassifying to other categories. 
When financial assets are recognised initially, they are measured at fair value, plus, in the case of assets 
not at fair value through profit or loss, directly attributable transaction costs. 
46 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
1. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
Recognition and Derecognition 
All regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on the trade date, i.e. the date that 
the  Group  commits  to  purchase  the  asset.  Regular  way  purchases  or  sales  are  purchases  or  sales  of 
financial assets under contracts that require delivery of the assets within the period established generally 
by  regulation  or  convention  in  the  market  place.  Financial  assets  are  derecognised  when  the  right  to 
receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or been transferred. 
Loans and Receivables 
Trade  receivables,  loans  and  other  receivables  are  non-derivative  financial  assets  with  fixed  or 
determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. Such assets are carried at amortised cost 
using the effective  interest method. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the loans  and 
receivables are derecognized or impaired, as well as through the amortisation process. 
Available-for-sale investments 
Certain shares held by the Group are classified as available-for-sale and are stated at cost less any known 
impairment.  Cost  is  considered  to  be  an  approximation  for  fair  value.  The  fair  value  of  the  unlisted 
investments is not supported by observable market prices and management does not have timely access to 
the financial reports and budgets of the unlisted investments that would be necessary to estimate the fair 
value using valuation techniques such as discounted cash flow analysis.  
Management reviews the carrying value of the investment at each balance date and assesses it against the 
latest available information as part of a periodic impairment review. 
Dividends  on  available  for  sale  equity  investments  are  recognised  in  the  Income  Statement  when  the 
Group’s right to receive payments is established.  
k) 
Income tax and other taxes 
Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to 
be  recovered  from  or  paid  to  the  taxation  authorities.  The  tax  rates  and  tax  laws  used  to  compute  the 
amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. 
Deferred  income tax  is  provided on  all  temporary differences  at  the  balance sheet date between  the  tax 
bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. 
Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences except: 
§  When the deferred income tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or 
liability in  a  transaction  that  is  not  a  business  combination  and  that,  at  the  time of  the  transaction, 
affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; or 
§  When the taxable temporary difference is associated with investments in subsidiaries and the timing 
of  the  reversal of  the  temporary  difference can be  controlled  and  it  is  probable that the  temporary 
difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.  
Deferred  income  tax  assets  are  recognised  for  all  deductible  temporary  differences,  carry-forward  of 
unused tax assets and unused tax losses, to the extent that is probable that taxable profit will be available 
against which the deductible temporary differences and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused 
tax losses can be utilised, except: 
47 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
1. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
§  When the deferred income  tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference  arises  from the 
initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the 
time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; or 
§  When  the  deductible  temporary  difference  is  associated  with  investments  in  subsidiaries  in  which 
case  a  deferred  tax  asset  is  only  recognised  to  the  extent  that  it  is  probable  that  the  temporary 
difference will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the 
temporary difference can be utilised. 
The  carrying  amount  of  deferred  income  tax  assets  is  reviewed  at  each  balance  date  and  reduced  to  the 
extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the 
deferred income tax asset to be utilised. 
Unrecognised deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each balance sheet date and are recognised to the 
extent that it has become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the  year when 
the asset  is  realised  or  the  liability  is  settled, based on  tax  rates  (and tax  laws)  that  have been  enacted  or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. 
Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity are recognised in equity and not in profit or loss. 
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable right exists to set off 
current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to the same 
taxable entity and the same taxation authority.    
Tax consolidation 
The Company and all its wholly owned Australian entities are part of a tax consolidated group as of 1 July 
2005 under Australian taxation law.  
Traffic Technologies Ltd is the head entity in the tax consolidated group. Tax expense/income, deferred tax 
liabilities and deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences of the members of the tax consolidated 
group  are  recognised  in  the  separate  financial  statements  of  the  members  of  the  tax  consolidated  group 
using  the  ‘stand  alone  taxpayer’  approach  by  reference  to  the  carrying  amounts  in  the  separate  financial 
statements  of  each  entity  and  the  tax  values  applying  under  tax  consolidation.  Current  tax  liabilities  and 
assets and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and relevant tax credits of the members of the 
tax consolidated group are recognised by the Company (as head entity in the tax consolidated group). 
Due  to  the  existence  of  a  tax  funding  arrangement  between  the  entities  in  the  tax  consolidated  group, 
amounts  are  recognised  as  payable  to  or  receivable  by  the  Company  and  each  member  of  the  group  in 
relation to the tax contribution amounts paid or payable between the parent entity and the other members of 
the tax consolidated group in accordance with the arrangement. Further information about the tax funding 
arrangement is detailed in Note 4 to the financial statements. Where the tax contribution amount recognised 
by  each member of  the  tax consolidated group  for  a  particular  period  is  different to  the  aggregate  of the 
current  tax  liability  or  asset  and  any  deferred  tax  asset  arising  from  unused  tax  losses  and  tax  credits  in 
respect  of  that  period,  the  difference  is  recognised  as  a  contribution  from  (or  distribution  to)  equity 
participants.  
48 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
1. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
Other taxes 
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except: 
§  When  the  GST  incurred  on  a  purchase  of  goods  and  services  is  not  recoverable  from  the  taxation 
authority, in which case the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of 
the expense item as applicable; and 
§  Receivables and payables, which are stated with the amount of GST included. 
The  net  amount  of  GST  recoverable  from,  or  payable  to,  the  taxation  authority  is  included  as  part  of 
receivables or payables in the balance sheet. 
Cash flows are included in the Cash Flow Statement on a gross basis and the GST component of cash flows 
arising  from  investing  and  financing  activities,  which  is  recoverable  from,  or  payable  to,  the  taxation 
authority are classified as operating cash flows. 
Commitments and contingencies  are disclosed net of the amount of GST recoverable  from, or payable to, 
the taxation authority. 
l)  Property, plant and equipment 
Plant  and  equipment  is  stated  at  historical  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  any  accumulated 
impairment losses. Such cost includes the cost of replacing parts that are eligible for capitalisation when the 
cost  of  replacing  the  parts  is  incurred.    Similarly,  when  each  major  inspection  is  performed,  its  cost  is 
recognised  in  the  carrying  amount  of  the  plant  and  equipment  as  a  replacement  only  if  it  is  eligible  for 
capitalisation.  All other repairs and maintenance are recognised in profit or loss as incurred. 
Buildings are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation on buildings. 
Depreciation  is  calculated  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  estimated  useful  life  of  the  specific  assets  as 
follows: 
Buildings 
Leasehold improvements 
Office furniture and fittings 
Office furniture and fittings under finance lease 
Motor vehicles 
Motor vehicles under finance lease 
    2010 
40 years 
10 years 
4 to 10 years 
4 to 10 years 
8 years 
8 years 
    2009 
40 years 
10 years 
4 to 10 years 
4 to 10 years 
8 years 
8 years 
Plant and equipment, including signage 
1 to 15 years 
1 to 15 years 
The assets' residual values, useful lives and amortisation methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, 
at each financial year end. 
Derecognition 
An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no further future economic 
benefits  are  expected  from  its  use  or  disposal.    Any  gain  or  loss  arising  on  derecognition  of  the  asset 
(calculated  as  the  difference  between  the  net  disposal  proceeds  and  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset)  is 
included in profit or loss in the year the asset is derecognised. 
49 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
1. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
m)  Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale and discontinued operations 
Non-current assets are classified as held for sale and measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair 
value  less  costs  to  sell  if  their  carrying  amount  will  be  recovered  principally  through  a  sale  transaction. 
They are not depreciated or amortised.  For an asset to be classified as held for sale it must be available for 
immediate sale in its present condition and its sale must be highly probable. 
An  impairment  loss  is  recognised  for  any  initial  or  subsequent  write  down  of  the  asset  to  fair  value  less 
costs to sell. A gain is recognised for any subsequent increases in fair value less costs to sell of an asset, but 
not  in  excess  of  any  cumulative  impairment  loss  previously  recognised.  A  gain  or  loss  not  previously 
recognised  by  the  date  of  the  sale  of  the  sale  of  the  non-current  asset  is  recognised  at  the  date  of 
derecognition.   
A discontinued operation is a component of the entity that has been disposed of or is classified as held for 
sale  and  that  represents  a separate  major  line  of  business or geographical  area  of operations,  is  part  of  a 
single  coordinated  plan  to  dispose  of  such  a  line  of  business  or  area  of  operations,  or  is  a  subsidiary 
acquired exclusively with a view to resale. The results of discontinued operations are presented separately 
on the face of the income statement and the assets and liabilities are presented separately on the face of the 
balance sheet. 
n)  Goodwill 
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is initially measured at cost being the excess of the cost of the 
business  combination  over  the  Group’s  interest  in  the  net  fair  value  of  the  acquiree's  identifiable  assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities. 
Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. 
Goodwill  is  reviewed  for  impairment  annually  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances 
indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. 
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition 
date,  allocated  to  each  of  the  Group’s  cash-generating  units,  or  groups  of  cash-generating  units,  that  are 
expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities 
of  the  Group  are  assigned  to  those  units  or  groups  of  units.  Each  unit  or  group  of  units  to  which  the 
goodwill is so allocated: 
§ 
§ 
represents  the  lowest  level  within  the  Group  at  which  the  goodwill  is  monitored  for  internal 
management purposes; and 
is not larger than an operating segment determined in accordance with AASB 8 Segment Reporting. 
Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit (group of cash-
generating units), to which the goodwill relates.  
The  Group performs its  impairment testing as  at  30  June  each  year  using a value in use,  discounted  cash 
flow  methodology  for  its cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated.  Impairment  testing 
may be performed at other dates where an indicator of impairment exists. 
50 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
1. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
When the recoverable  amount of the cash-generating unit (group of cash-generating units)  is less  than the 
carrying  amount,  an  impairment  loss  is  recognised.  When  goodwill  forms  part  of  a  cash-generating  unit 
(group  of cash-generating  units) and an  operation  within  that  unit  is  disposed of,  the  goodwill  associated 
with  the  operation disposed of  is  included  in the carrying  amount  of  the operation  when  determining the 
gain  or  loss on  disposal  of  the  operation.  Goodwill disposed  of  in this  manner  is measured  based  on the 
relative values of the operation disposed of and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained. 
Impairment losses recognised for goodwill are not subsequently reversed. 
o)  Intangible assets  
Intangible assets acquired separately or in a business combination are initially measured at cost. The cost of 
an  intangible  asset  acquired  in  a  business  combination  is  its  fair  value  as  at  the  date  of  acquisition. 
Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any 
accumulated  impairment  losses.  Internally  generated  intangible  assets,  excluding  capitalised  development 
costs, are not capitalised and expenditure is recognised in profit or loss in the year in which the expenditure 
is incurred. 
The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed to be either finite or indefinite. Intangible assets with finite 
lives are  amortised over  the useful  life and tested for impairment  whenever there  is  an indication that the 
intangible  asset  may  be  impaired  (see  note  (q)  for  methodology).  The  amortisation  period  and  the 
amortisation method  for  an  intangible  asset  with  a  finite  useful  life  is  reviewed at  least  at each  financial 
year-end.  Changes in  the expected  useful  life  or  the  expected  pattern  of  consumption  of  future  economic 
benefits  embodied  in  the  asset  are  accounted  for  prospectively  by  changing  the  amortisation  period  or 
method, as appropriate, which is a change in accounting estimate. The amortisation expense on intangible 
assets with finite lives is recognised in profit or loss in the expense category consistent with the function of 
the intangible asset. 
Development Expenditure 
Research costs are expensed as  incurred. An intangible  asset arising  from development  expenditure on an 
internal project is recognised only when the Group can demonstrate the technical feasibility of completing 
the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale, its intention to complete and its ability to use 
or  sell  the  asset,  how  the  asset  will  generate  future  economic  benefits,  the  availability  of  resources  to 
complete the development and the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible 
asset  during  its  development.  Following  the  initial  recognition  of  the  development  expenditure,  the  cost 
model is applied requiring the asset to be carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated 
impairment losses.  
Any  expenditure  so  capitalised  is amortised  over  the  period of  expected  benefit  from  the  related project.  
Any  expenditure  so  capitalised  is  amortised  over  the  period  of  expected  benefit  from  the  related  project 
which is generally 5 years (2009: 5 years).  The amortisation has been recognised in the income statement in 
the line item ‘depreciation, amortisation and impairment expense’. 
The  carrying  value  of  an  intangible  asset  arising  from  development  expenditure  is  tested  for  impairment 
annually when the asset is not  yet available  for use, or more frequently when an indication of impairment 
arises during the reporting period. 
51 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
1. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
Type approval certification 
Type approval certification internally generated or acquired in a business combination is carried at cost less 
accumulated  amortisation  and  accumulated  impairment  losses  and  is  amortised  using  the  straight  line 
method over a period between 5 years (2009: 5 years).  Type approval certification represents the Group’s 
‘license’ to sell its light-emitting diode (“LED”) traffic light signals.   
Brand names 
Brand names acquired in business combinations are assessed to have a finite life and are amortised over a 
period of 10 years (2009: 10 years).   
Patents and trademarks 
Patents and trademarks acquired separately or in a business combination are initially measured at cost. The 
cost of an intangible asset acquired in a business combination is its fair value as at the date of acquisition. 
Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any 
accumulated impairment losses.  
Patents and trademarks are amortised on a straight line basis over a 10 year period (2009: 10 years). 
Customer contracts and relationships 
Customer  contracts  and  relationships  acquired  in  a  business  combination  are  carried  at  cost  less 
accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.  These intangible assets have been assessed 
as having a finite life and are amortised using the straight line method over their existing contract life and 
existing  customer  base.    The  amortisation  has  been  recognised  in  the  income  statement  in  the  line  item 
‘depreciation, amortisation and impairment expense’.   
Software development 
Purchased software development is assessed to have a finite life and is amortised over a period of 4 years 
(2009: 4 years). 
p)  Impairment of non-financial assets other than goodwill 
Intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for 
impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. 
Other  assets  are  tested  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the 
carrying amount may not be recoverable. 
Traffic Technologies Ltd conducts an annual internal review of asset values, which  is used as a source of 
information to assess for any indicators of impairment. External factors, such as changes in expected future 
processes, technology and economic conditions, are also monitored to assess for indicators of impairment. If 
any indication of impairment exists, an estimate of the asset's recoverable amount is calculated. 
An  impairment  loss  is  recognised  for  the  amount  by  which  the  asset's  carrying  amount  exceeds  its 
recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is the higher of an asset's fair value less costs to sell and value in 
use. For the purposes of  assessing impairment, assets  are grouped at the lowest  levels  for which there are 
separately  identifiable  cash  inflows  that  are  largely  independent  of  the  cash  inflows  from  other  assets  or 
groups  of  assets  (cash-generating  units).  Non-financial  assets  other  than  goodwill  that  have  suffered  an 
impairment are tested for possible reversal of the impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the impairment may have reversed. 
52 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
1. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
q)  Trade and other payables 
Trade and other payables are carried at amortised cost due to their short term nature and are not discounted. 
They represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year 
that  are  unpaid  and  arise  when  the  Group  becomes  obliged  to  make  future  payments  in  respect  of  the 
purchase  of  these  goods  and  services.  The amounts are  unsecured  and  are  usually paid  within  60 days  of 
recognition. 
r)  Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration received less directly 
attributable  transaction  costs.    After  initial  recognition,  interest  bearing  loans  and  borrowings  are 
subsequently  measured  at  amortised  cost  using  the  effective  interest  rate  method.    Fees  paid  on  the 
establishment of loan facilities that are yield related are included as part of the carrying amount of the loans 
and borrowings. 
Borrowings  are  classified  as  current  liabilities  unless  the  Group  has  an  unconditional  right  to  defer 
settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the balance sheet date. 
Borrowing costs 
The  revised  AASB  123  requires  capitalisation  of  borrowing  costs  that  are  directly  attributable  to  the 
acquisition,  construction  or production of  a  qualifying  asset. The Group's previous policy  was  to  expense 
borrowing costs as they were incurred. In accordance with the transitional provisions of the amended AASB 
123, the Group has adopted the Standard on a prospective basis. Therefore, borrowing costs are capitalised 
on qualifying  assets with a commencement date on or after 1 January 2009. The Group did not capitalise 
any borrowing costs in the current year.  
s)  Derivative financial instruments and hedging 
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its interest rate risk exposures, including  interest 
rate swaps and interest rate caps. 
Derivatives  are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value  at  the  date  a  derivative  contract  is  entered  into  and  are 
subsequently remeasured to their fair value at each reporting date. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in 
profit or loss immediately.  
Derivatives  are carried as assets when their  fair value is positive and as  liabilities when their fair value is 
negative. 
The fair values of forward currency contracts are calculated by reference to current forward exchange rates 
for contracts with similar maturity profiles. The fair values of interest rate swap contracts and interest rate 
cap contracts are determined by reference to market values for similar instruments. 
Embedded Derivatives 
Derivatives  embedded  in  other  financial  instruments  or  other  host  contracts  are  treated  as  separate 
derivatives when their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of host contracts and the host 
contracts are not measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss. When there is 
a  change  in  the  terms  of  the  contract  that  significantly  modifies  the  cash  flows  that  otherwise  would  be 
required  the  Group  reassesses  whether  an  embedded  derivative  contained  in  a  host  contract  must  be 
separated from the host and accounted for as a derivative.  
53 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
1. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
t)  Provisions and employee benefits 
Provisions are recognised when the Group has  a present obligation (legal or  constructive) as a result of a 
past  event,  it  is  probable  that  an  outflow  of  resources  embodying  economic  benefits  will  be  required  to 
settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. 
When  the  Group  expects  some  or  all  of  a  provision  to  be  reimbursed,  for  example  under  an  insurance 
contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually 
certain.  The  expense  relating  to  any  provision  is  presented  in  the  income  statement  net  of  any 
reimbursement. 
Provisions are measured at the present value of management's best estimate of the expenditure required to 
settle the present obligation at the balance sheet date using a discounted cash flow methodology. The risks 
specific  to  the  provision  are  factored  into  the  cash  flows  and  as  such  a  risk-free  government  bond  rate 
relative  to  the expected  life of  the  provision is used  as a  discount rate.  If  the effect of  the  time  value  of 
money  is  material,  provisions  are  discounted  using  a  current  pre-tax  rate  that  reflects  the  time  value  of 
money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision resulting from the passage of time 
is recognised in finance costs. 
Employee leave benefits 
(i) 
Wages, salaries, annual leave and sick leave 
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits and annual leave expected to be settled 
within  12 months  of  the  reporting date  are recognised  in  current  payroll  liabilities  (Note  12)  and  current 
provisions (Note 14) in respect of employees’ services up to the reporting date. They  are measured at the 
amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. Liabilities for non-accumulating sick leave are 
recognised when the leave is taken and are measured at the rates paid or payable.  
(ii) 
Long service leave 
The liability for long service leave is recognised in the provision for employee benefits and is measured as 
the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up 
to the reporting date using the projected unit credit method. Consideration is given to expected future wage 
and salary levels, experience of employee departures, and periods of service. Expected future payments are 
discounted using market  yields at the reporting date on national government bonds with terms to maturity 
and currencies that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.  
u)  Foreign currency translation 
(i) Functional and presentation currency 
The  individual  financial  statements  of  each  Group  entity  are  presented  in  the  currency  of  the  primary 
economic  environment  in  which  the  entity  operates  (its  functional  currency).  For  the  purposes  of  the 
consolidated  financial  statements,  the  results  and  financial  position  of  each  entity  are  expressed  in 
Australian dollars, which is the functional currency of the each business in the Group and the presentational 
currency for the consolidated financial statements. 
54 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
1. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
(ii) Transactions & balances 
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the functional currency by applying the exchange 
rates ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies 
are  retranslated  at  the  rate  of  exchange  ruling  at  the  balance  sheet  date.    Non-monetary  items  that  are 
measured  in terms of historical  cost in a  foreign  currency  are  translated  using the exchange  rate  as at the 
date  of  the  initial  transaction.  Non-monetary  items  measured  at  fair  value  in  a  foreign  currency  are 
translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. 
v)  Share-based payment transactions 
Equity settled transactions 
The  Group  provides  benefits  to  employees  (including  key  management  personnel)  in  the  form  of  share-
based payments, whereby employees render services in  exchange  for shares or rights over  shares (equity-
settled transactions). 
The cost of these equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value of the 
equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. For material share-based payment transactions, the 
fair value is determined by an  external valuer using the option pricing model and  assumptions detailed  in 
Note 17; for other share-based payment transactions, the fair value is determined by management using the 
option pricing model and assumptions detailed in Note 17.   
In valuing equity-settled  transactions, no account is taken of any vesting conditions, other  than conditions 
linked to the price of the shares of Traffic Technologies Ltd (market conditions) if applicable.  
The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over 
the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period), ending on 
the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award (the vesting date). 
At  each  subsequent  reporting  date  until  vesting,  the  cumulative  charge  to  the  income  statement  is  the 
product of: 
(i) 
(ii) 
the grant date fair value of the award; 
the current best estimate of the number of awards that will vest, taking into account such factors as 
the  likelihood  of  employee  turnover  during  the  vesting  period  and  the  likelihood  of  non-market 
performance conditions being met; and 
(iii) 
the expired portion of the vesting period. 
The  charge  to the  income  statement  for  the  period  is the  cumulative amount  as calculated above less the 
amounts already charged in previous periods. There is a corresponding entry to equity. 
Equity-settled  awards granted by Traffic Technologies  Ltd  to employees of subsidiaries are recognised in 
the  Company’s  separate  financial  statements  as  an  additional  investment  in  the  subsidiary  with  a 
corresponding credit to equity. As a result, the expense recognised by Traffic Technologies Ltd in relation 
to equity-settled awards only represents the expense associated with grants to employees of the Company. 
The expense recognised by the Group is the total expense associated with all such awards. 
55 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
1. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
Until  an  award  has  vested,  any  amounts  recorded  are  contingent  and  will  be  adjusted  if  more  or  fewer 
awards vest than were originally anticipated to do so. Any award subject to a market condition is considered 
to vest irrespective of whether or not that market condition is fulfilled, provided that all other conditions are 
satisfied.  If the terms of an equity-settled transaction are modified, as a minimum an expense is recognised 
as  if  the  terms  had  not  been  modified.  In  addition,  an  expense  is  recognised  for  any  modification  that 
increases  the  total  fair  value  of  the  share-based  payment  arrangement,  or  is  otherwise  beneficial  to  the 
employee, as measured at the date of modification.  If an equity-settled transaction is cancelled, it is treated 
as  if  it  had  vested  on  the  date  of  cancellation,  and  any  expense  not  yet  recognised  for  the  transaction  is 
recognised  immediately.  However,  if  a  new  transaction  is  substituted  for  the  cancelled  transaction  and 
designated as a replacement transaction on the date that it is granted, the cancelled and new transaction are 
treated as if they were a modification of the original transaction, as described in the previous paragraph. 
The dilutive effect, if any, of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation 
of earnings per share (see Note 5). 
w)  Contributed equity 
Convertible non-cumulative redeemable preference shares 
The component of convertible non-cumulative redeemable preference shares that exhibits characteristics of 
a liability is recognised as a liability in the balance sheet, net of transaction costs. 
On  issuance  of  the  convertible  redeemable  preference  shares,  the  fair  value  of  the  liability  component  is 
determined using a market rate for an equivalent non-convertible bond and this amount is carried as a long-
term liability on the  amortised cost basis until  extinguished on conversion or redemption. The  increase  in 
the liability due to the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost. 
The  remainder  of  the  proceeds  is  allocated  to  the  conversion  option  that  is  recognised  and  included  in 
shareholders’  equity,  net  of  transaction  costs.  The  carrying  amount  of  the  conversion  option  is  not  re-
measured in subsequent years. 
The corresponding equity dividends on those shares are recognised as a distribution. Interest on the liability 
component of the instrument is recognised as an expense in profit and loss. 
Transaction  costs  are  apportioned  between  the  liability  and  equity  components  of  the  convertible  non-
cumulative  redeemable  preference  shares  based  on  the  allocation  of  proceeds  to  the  liability  and  equity 
components when the instruments are first recognised. 
Ordinary Shares 
Ordinary  shares  are  classified as  contributed equity.  Incremental costs  directly  attributable to the  issue  of 
new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. 
56 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
1. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
x)  Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share is calculated as net profit attributable to members of the parent, adjusted to exclude 
any costs of servicing equity (other than dividends) and preference share dividends, divided by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares, adjusted for any bonus element. 
Diluted earnings per share is calculated as net profit attributable to members of the parent, adjusted for: 
§ 
§ 
§ 
costs of servicing equity (other than dividends) and preference share dividends; 
the after tax effect of dividends and interest associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares that have 
been recognised as expenses; and 
other non-discretionary changes in revenues or expenses during the period that would result  from the 
dilution of potential ordinary  shares; divided by  the weighted average number of ordinary  shares and 
dilutive potential ordinary shares, adjusted for any bonus element. 
Although  options  and  preference  shares  on  issue  at  30  June  2010  could  be  considered  dilutive,  the  fully 
diluted earnings per share calculation cannot give a more favourable result than the basic earnings per share 
calculation.    Therefore,  as  per  note  5,  the  basic  earnings  per  share  calculation  is  also  used  for  the  fully 
diluted calculation while the Company is in a loss position. 
y)  Business combinations 
Subsequent to 1 July 2009 
Business combinations are accounted  for using the  acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a 
business combination shall be measured at fair value, which shall be calculated as the sum of the acquisition 
date  fair  values  of the  assets  transferred by  the acquirer,  the liabilities  incurred  by  the  acquirer to  former 
owners of the acquiree and the equity issued by the acquirer, and the amount of any non-controlling interest 
in  the  acquiree.  For  each  business  combination,  the  acquirer  measures  the  non-controlling  interest  in  the 
acquiree either at fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree's identifiable net assets. 
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.   
When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate 
classification  and designation in accordance with the  contractual terms, economic conditions, the Group’s 
operating or accounting policies and other pertinent conditions as at the acquisition date. This includes the 
separation  of  embedded  derivatives  in  host  contracts  by  the  acquiree.    If  the  business  combination  is 
achieved  in  stages,  the  acquisition  date  fair  value  of  the  acquirer's  previously  held  equity  interest  in  the 
acquiree is remeasured at fair value as at the acquisition date through profit or loss.   
Any  contingent  consideration  to  be  transferred  by  the  acquirer  will  be  recognised  at  fair  value  at  the 
acquisition date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration which is deemed to be 
an  asset  or  liability  will  be  recognised  in  accordance  with  AASB  139  either  in  profit  or  loss  or  in  other 
comprehensive income. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, it shall not be remeasured. 
57 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
1. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
Prior to 1 July 2009 
Business  combinations  were  accounted  for  using  the  purchase  method.  Transaction  costs  directly 
attributable  to the  acquisition  formed  part  of  the  acquisition costs. The non-controlling  interest (formerly 
known as minority interest) was measured at the proportionate share of the acquiree's identifiable net assets.  
Business  combinations achieved in stages were accounted for in separate steps. Any additional interest  in 
the  acquiree  acquired  did  not  affect  previously  recognised  goodwill.  The  goodwill  amounts  calculated  at 
each  step  acquisition  were  accumulated.    When  the  Group  acquired  a  business,  embedded  derivatives 
separated  from  the  host  contract  by  the  acquiree  were  not  reassessed  on  acquisition  unless  the  business 
combination resulted in a change in the terms of the contract that significantly modified the cash flows that 
otherwise would have  been required under the  contract.   Contingent  consideration was  recognised  if,  and 
only if,  the Group had a present obligation, the economic outflow was more likely than not and a reliable 
estimate  was  determinable. Subsequent  adjustments to  the  contingent consideration  were  adjusted  against 
goodwill. 
z)  Operating segments 
An operating segment is a component of an entity that engages in business activities from which it may earn 
revenues  and  incur  expenses  (including  revenues  and  expenses  relating  to  transactions  with  other 
components  of  the  same  entity),  whose  operating  results  are  regularly  reviewed  by  the  entity's  chief 
operating  decision maker to  make decisions  about  resources to  be  allocated to  the segment and assess  its 
performance  and  for  which  discrete  financial  information  is  available.  This  includes  start  up  operation 
which  are  yet  to  earn  revenues.  Management  will  also  consider  other  factors  in  determining  operating 
segments  such  as  the  existence  of  a  line  manager  and  the  level  of  segment  information  presented  to  the 
board of directors. 
Operating segments have been identified based on the information provided to the chief operating decision 
makers  –  being  the  executive  management  team.   The  group  aggregates  two  or more  operating  segments 
when  they  have  similar  economic  characteristics,  and  the  segments  are  similar  in  each  of  the  following 
respects: 
•  Nature of the products and services; 
•  Nature of the production processes; 
•  Type or class of customer for the products and services; 
•  Methods used to distribute the products or provide the services, and if applicable; and 
•  Nature of the regulatory environment. 
Operating  segments  that  meet  the  quantitative  criteria  as  prescribed  by  AASB  8  are  reported  separately. 
However, an operating segment that does not meet the quantitative criteria is still reported separately where 
information about the segment would be useful to users of the financial statements.  Information about other 
business  activities  and  operating  segments  that  are  below  the  quantitative  criteria  are  combined  and 
disclosed in a separate category for “all other segments”. 
58 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
2.  Revenues 
(a)  Revenue 
Sale of goods 
Rendering of services 
Finance revenue – bank interest receivable 
(b)  Other income 
Other income 
Net gain on disposal of fixed assets 
Consolidated  Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
43,989 
3,740 
72 
47,801 
46,585 
2,713 
190 
49,488 
5 
45 
50 
374 
5 
379 
59 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
3.  Expenses 
(a) Cost of sales 
  Purchases and changes in inventory 
  Employee benefits expense – direct costs 
  Motor vehicle expenses – direct costs 
  Other direct costs 
(b) Other expenses 
  Administrative costs 
  Public company costs 
(c) Depreciation, amortisation and 
impairment expense 
 Depreciation of non-current assets: 
   Plant and equipment, including signage 
   Office furniture and fittings 
   Motor vehicles 
   Land and Buildings 
   Leasehold improvements 
Amortisation of non-current assets: 
   Patents and trademarks 
   Software costs 
   Development costs 
   Type approval 
   Customer contracts 
   Brand names 
Impairment of non-current assets: 
   Other financial assets and subsidiaries 
   Related party receivables 
   Goodwill 
   Development costs 
   Acquisition costs 
   Plant and equipment, including signage 
   Office furniture and fittings 
   Motor vehicles 
   Leasehold improvements 
Total depreciation, amortisation and 
impairment expense 
Consolidated  Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
21,027 
9,502 
271 
670 
31,470 
1,976 
675 
2,651 
686 
107 
120 
8 
40 
961 
135 
277 
301 
314 
- 
47 
1,074 
67 
- 
- 
84 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
151 
24,495 
9,282 
601 
598 
34,976 
1,990 
533 
2,523 
661 
11 
149 
8 
17 
846 
23 
279 
93 
420 
9 
48 
872 
- 
- 
- 
(36) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(36) 
2,186 
1,682 
60 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
3. 
Expenses (continued) 
(d) Non-recurring items 
  Sale of business assets 
  Costs in relation to prior year business combinations 
  Consultancy costs – assessment of non-core assets 
  Consultancy costs - other 
  Redundancy costs 
  EGM Costs 
  Lease termination costs 
  Other 
Total non-recurring items 
(e) Finance costs 
  Fair value of interest rate contracts 
  Amortisation of capitalised transaction costs 
  Bank loans and overdrafts 
  Lease interest 
  Other 
Total finance costs 
(f) Research and development costs 
  Research and development costs charged directly to 
cost of sales in the income statement 
(g) Operating lease rental expenses 
  Operating lease rentals 
(h) Employee related expenses 
  Share-based payment expense 
  Wages and salaries 
  Superannuation 
  Other employee benefits expense 
Employee related expenses are recognised in the 
income  statement as follows: 
  Cost of sales 
  Employee benefits expense 
61 
Consolidated  Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
- 
41 
342 
76 
173 
294 
18 
11 
955 
(330) 
160 
3,803 
41 
48 
3,722 
(140) 
159 
674 
- 
462 
- 
169 
58 
1,382 
663 
170 
3,938 
58 
162 
4,991 
57 
88 
1,910 
1,802 
7 
11,370 
970 
4,665 
17,012 
9,502 
7,510 
17,012 
13 
12,557 
1,007 
3,612 
17,189 
9,282 
7,907 
17,189 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
4. 
Income Tax 
(a) Income tax expense / (benefit) 
The major components of income tax expense / (benefit) are: 
Income Statement 
Current income tax 
Current income tax charge / (benefit) 
Adjustment recognised in the current  year  in relation  to the current 
tax of prior years  
Deferred income tax 
Relating to origination and reversal of temporary differences 
Derecognition of tax losses 
Income tax expense/(benefit) reported in the income statement 
(b)  Numerical  reconciliation  between  aggregate  tax  expense 
recognised  in  the  income  statement  and  tax  expense  calculated 
per the statutory income tax rate 
Accounting loss before income tax from Continuing operations 
Accounting  profit  before  income  tax  from  Discontinued  operations 
and Disposal group held for sale 
Prima  facie income  tax benefit  at  the  Group’s  statutory  income  tax 
rate of 30% (2009: 30%) 
Benefit  arising  from  previously  unrecognised  tax  losses  of  a  prior 
period that is used to reduce probable future income tax 
Share-based payment (equity settled) 
Amortisation of other intangible assets 
Impairment of non-current assets 
(Income)  /  expenses  that  are  not  deductible  in  determining  taxable 
profit 
Deferred  tax  expense / (income) relating to origination  and reversal 
of temporary differences 
Temporary  differences  now derecognised  / (recognised)  as deferred 
tax assets/liabilities 
Under-provision for income tax in prior year 
Aggregate income tax expense / (benefit) 
Aggregate income tax expense / (benefit) is attributable to: 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations and Disposal group held for sale 
Income tax expense / (benefit) 
(c) Income tax recognised directly in equity 
The following current and deferred amounts were credited directly to 
equity during the period: 
Deferred Tax 
Share issue expenses deductible over 5 years 
62 
Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
Consolidated 
2009 
$’000 
- 
- 
93 
- 
93 
- 
- 
1 
- 
1 
(2,704) 
2,543 
(161) 
(5,772) 
795 
(4,977) 
(48) 
(1,493) 
93 
2 
293 
45 
68 
- 
(360) 
- 
93 
218 
(125) 
93 
- 
4 
179 
(6) 
74 
- 
1,243 
- 
1 
(115) 
116 
1 
- 
- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
4. 
Income Tax (continued) 
(d) Deferred tax balances 
Deferred tax assets/(liabilities) arise from the following: 
30 June 2010 
Temporary differences 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and 
equipment 
Employee provisions 
Warranty provisions 
Restructuring provisions 
Unfavourable contract 
provision 
Inventory provisions 
Doubtful debts 
Credit notes 
Unclaimed share issue costs 
Accruals 
Unused tax losses 
Presented in the balance sheet as follows: 
   Deferred tax liability 
   Deferred tax assets 
Opening 
balance 
$’000 
Charged to 
income 
$’000 
Consolidated 
Charged to 
equity 
$’000 
Acquisitions 
$’000 
Closing balance 
$’000 
(915) 
(120) 
- 
573 
34 
19 
53 
44 
6 
31 
73 
470 
388 
- 
388 
- 
(8) 
(1) 
(19) 
(2) 
31 
1 
99 
(48) 
(26) 
(93) 
- 
(93) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
21 
- 
21 
- 
21 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(1,035) 
- 
565 
33 
- 
51 
75 
7 
130 
46 
444 
316 
- 
316 
(1,035) 
1,351 
316 
63 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
4. 
Income Tax (continued) 
30 June 2009 
Temporary differences 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and 
equipment 
Employee provisions 
Warranty provisions 
Restructuring provisions 
Unfavourable contract 
provision 
Inventory provisions 
Doubtful debts 
Credit notes 
Unclaimed share issue costs 
Accruals 
Unused tax losses 
Opening 
balance 
$’000 
Charged to 
income 
$’000 
Consolidated 
Charged to 
equity 
$’000 
Acquisitions 
$’000 
Closing balance 
$’000 
(777) 
161 
480 
42 
- 
- 
39 
49 
- 
172 
223 
389 
- 
389 
(138) 
(161) 
93 
(8) 
19 
53 
5 
(43) 
31 
(99) 
247 
(1) 
- 
(1) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(915) 
- 
573 
34 
19 
53 
44 
6 
31 
73 
470 
388 
- 
388 
(915) 
1,303 
388 
Presented in the balance sheet as follows: 
   Deferred tax liability 
   Deferred tax assets 
The  following  deferred  tax  assets  and  deferred  tax 
liabilities have not been brought to account as assets:  
Property, Plant and Equipment 
Inventory Provisions 
Doubtful debts 
Accruals and employee provisions 
Tax losses – revenue 
Total deferred tax assets 
Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
Consolidated 
2009 
$’000 
921 
36 
87 
595 
- 
1,639 
527 
8 
7 
615 
- 
1,157 
“Tax losses – revenue” are available to carry forward against future “taxable profits – revenue” (but not against capital related 
profits) without expiry. 
64 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
4. 
Income Tax (continued) 
Unrecognised temporary differences 
At  30  June  2010  there  are  no  unrecognised  temporary  differences  associated  with  the  Group’s  investment  in 
subsidiaries or associates as the Group has no liability for additional taxation should unremitted earnings be remitted 
(2009: $nil). 
(f) 
Tax consolidation 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and its 100% owned Australian resident subsidiaries formed a tax consolidated group with 
effect  from  1  July  2005  and  are  therefore  taxed  as  a  single  entity  from  that  date.  The  head  entity  within  the  tax 
consolidated  group  is  Traffic  Technologies  Ltd.  Each  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Traffic  Technologies  Ltd  is  a 
member of the tax consolidated group, as identified at Note 9. 
(g) 
Nature of tax funding and tax sharing agreements 
Entities within the tax consolidated group have entered into a tax funding arrangement and a tax sharing arrangement 
with  the  head  entity.  Under  the  terms  of  the  tax  funding  arrangement,  Traffic  Technologies  Ltd  and  each  of  the 
entities in the tax consolidated group has agreed to pay a tax equivalent payment to or from the head entity, based on 
the current tax liability or current tax asset of the entity. Such amounts are reflected in amounts receivable from or 
payable to other entities in the tax consolidated group. 
The  tax  sharing  agreement  entered  into  between  members  of  the  tax  consolidated  group  provides  for  the 
determination of the allocation of income tax liabilities between the entities should the head entity default on its tax 
payment obligations or if an entity should leave the tax consolidated group. The effect of the tax sharing agreement 
is that each member’s liability for the tax payable by the tax consolidated group is limited to the amount payable to 
the head entity under the tax funding agreement. 
65 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
5.  Earnings per Share 
The following reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations: 
(a)  Earnings used in calculating earnings per share 
Consolidated 
Consolidated 
For basic and diluted earnings per share: 
Net loss from continuing operations attributable to ordinary equity holders 
of the parent 
Profit attributable to discontinued operations 
Net loss attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent 
(b) Weighted average number of shares 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic 
earnings per share 
Effect of dilution: 
   Share options 
   Redeemable preference shares 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares adjusted for the effect of 
dilution 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
(2,922) 
2,668 
(254) 
 (5,633) 
679 
(4,954) 
Consolidated 
Consolidated 
2010 
Thousands 
2009 
Thousands 
144,639 
125,591 
- 
29,367 
- 
31,692 
174,006 
157,283 
There are no  instruments (e.g. share options)  excluded  from the calculation of diluted earnings per share that 
could potentially dilute earnings per share in the future because they are anti-dilutive  for either of  the periods 
presented. 
There  have  been  no  other  transactions  involving  ordinary  shares  or  potential  ordinary  shares  between  the 
reporting date and the date of completion of these financial statements. 
(c)  Weighted average number of shares 
(i) Options 
Options granted to employees (including KMP) as described in Note 17 are considered to be potential ordinary 
shares and have been included in the determination of diluted earnings per share to the extent they are dilutive. 
These options have not been included in the determination of basic earnings per share.  
(i) Redeemable preference shares 
The redeemable preference shares  as described in Note 15 are  considered  to be potential ordinary shares and 
have  been  included  in  the  determination  of  diluted  earnings  per  share  to  the  extent  they  are  dilutive.  These 
shares have not been included in the determination of basic earnings per share. 
66 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
6.  Discontinued operations and Disposal group held for sale 
(a)  Details of operations disposed 
On 29 June 2010 the Group entered into a sale agreement to dispose of its Traffic Management business and assets 
(“Traffic  Management”),  a  business  which  involved  the  hiring  out  of  traffic  controllers  to  road  authorities, 
contractors and local councils.  The disposal was completed on 9 August 2010, on which date control of the business 
passed to the acquirer. No cash proceeds had been received by the Company as at 30 June 2010. 
On 12  May  2008  the  Group  entered  into  a  sale  agreement  to  dispose  of  its  Guard  Rail  Installations  business  and 
assets (“Guard Rail”),  a  business  which  involved the  design,  supply  and  installation of  Guard  Rail  on roads.    The 
disposal was completed on 16 May 2008, on which date control of the business passed to the acquirer. 
On 10  August 2007  the  Group  entered  into  a  sale  agreement  to dispose  of  its  line  marking  services  business  and 
assets (“Line Marking”).  The disposal was completed on 10 September 2007, on which date control of the business 
passed to the acquirer. 
(b)  Financial performance of operations disposed 
The results of the disposal group held for sale for the year until disposal are presented below:  
Disposal group held 
for sale 
Discontinued operations 
Traffic Management 
2009 
$’000 
2010 
$’000 
 Guard Rail 
Line Marking  
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
Revenue 
Other income 
Gain on disposal 
Expenses 
EBITDA before non-recurring items 
Non-recurring items 
Depreciation and amortisation expenses 
Finance costs 
Loss recognised on remeasurement to fair value 
Profit before tax from Discontinued operations and 
Disposal group held for sale 
Income tax benefit / (expense) 
Profit after tax from Discontinued operations and 
Disposal group held for sale 
44,184 
44 
- 
(40,277) 
3,951 
(42) 
(1,182) 
(184) 
- 
2,543 
125 
2,668 
38,890 
- 
- 
(36,349) 
2,541 
(234) 
(1,161) 
(74) 
- 
1,072 
(139) 
933 
Reconciliation of profit after tax from Discontinued 
operations and Disposal group held for sale 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
150 
(277) 
(127) 
(28) 
- 
(95) 
(250) 
23 
(227) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(27) 
(27) 
- 
- 
- 
(27) 
- 
(27) 
Profit before income tax 
Traffic Management 
Guard Rail 
Line Marking 
Income tax benefit / (expense) 
2,543 
- 
- 
2,543 
125 
2,668 
1,072 
(250) 
(27) 
795 
(116) 
679 
67 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
6. 
Discontinued operations and Disposal group held for sale (continued) 
(c)  Assets and liabilities and cash flow information of Discontinued operations and Disposal group held for 
sale 
The major classes of assets and liabilities classified as Disposal group held for sale 
Traffic Management 
Assets 
Prepayments 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangibles 
Other financial assets 
Assets classified as disposal group held for sale 
Liabilities 
Other payables 
Finance lease liabilities 
Employee entitlements 
Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as disposal group held for sale 
Net assets attributable to Disposal group held for sale 
The net cash flows of Discontinued operations and Disposal group held for sale are as follows: 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
52 
3,315 
9,680 
124 
13,171 
88 
2,567 
942 
3,597 
9,574 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Operating activities 
Investing activities 
Financing activities 
Net cash outflow 
Operating activities 
Investing activities 
Financing activities 
Net cash inflow / (outflow) 
2010 
Traffic 
Management 
$’000 
Guard Rail 
$’000 
Line 
Marking 
$’000 
3,339 
(637) 
(2,749) 
(47) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
2009 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Traffic 
Management 
$’000 
Guard Rail 
$’000 
Line 
Marking 
$’000 
1,663 
(321) 
(1,301) 
41 
(119) 
162 
- 
43 
(21) 
- 
- 
(21) 
Total 
$’000 
3,339 
(637) 
(2,749) 
(47) 
Total 
$’000 
1,523 
(159) 
(1,301) 
63 
68 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
6. 
Discontinued operations and Disposal group held for sale (continued) 
(d)  Assets and liabilities and cash flow information of Discontinued operations and Disposal group held for 
sale (continued) 
Consideration received: 
Cash* 
Less net assets disposed 
Gain on disposal before income tax expense 
Income tax expense 
Gain on disposal after income tax expense 
* - Cash proceeds exclude GST 
(e)   Earnings per share of Discontinued operations and Disposal group held for sale 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
150 
- 
150 
- 
150 
Earnings  per share (cents per share) 
- Basic from disposal group held for sale 
- Diluted from disposal group held for sale 
7. 
Trade and Other Receivables (Current) 
Trade receivables 
Allowance for impairment loss (a) 
Other receivables  
2010 
2009 
1.84 
1.53 
0.54 
0.43 
Consolidated  Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
16,310 
(28) 
16,282 
224 
13,911 
(20) 
13,891 
376 
16,506 
14,267 
(a) 
Allowance for impairment loss – trade receivables 
Trade  receivables  are  non-interest  bearing  and  are  generally  on  30  day  terms,  and  can  vary  depending  on  any 
individual  contract.    An  allowance  for  impairment  loss  is  recognised  when  there  is  objective  evidence  that  an 
individual trade receivable is impaired.  A net impairment loss of $28,000 (2009: $20,000) has been recognised by 
the  Group  and  $nil  (2009:  $nil)  by  the  Company  in  the  current  year.    These  amounts  have  been  included  in  the 
administration costs line item, within other expenses.  
The amount of the allowance for impairment loss has been measured as the difference between the carrying amount 
of the trade receivables and the estimated future cash flows expected to be received from the relevant debtors. 
Movements in the allowance for impairment loss were as follows: 
69 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
7. 
Trade and Other Receivables (Current) - (continued) 
Balance at the beginning of the year 
Charge for the year 
Amounts written off as uncollectible 
Amounts recovered during the year 
Allowance no longer required 
Balance at the end of the year 
Consolidated  Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
20 
  28 
- 
- 
(20) 
28 
133 
- 
(15) 
- 
(98) 
20 
At 30 June, the ageing analysis of trade receivables is as follows: 
TOTAL 
0 – 30 
days 
$’000 
31 – 60 
days 
$’000 
PDNI* 
31 – 60 
days 
$’000 
CI* 
61 – 90 
days 
$’000 
PDNI* 
61 – 90 
Days 
$’000 
CI* 
+ 91 
days 
$’000 
PDNI* 
+ 91 
days 
$’000 
CI* 
2010 
Group 
16,310 
8,667 
5,485 
2009 
Group 
13,911 
8,215 
5,019 
- 
- 
1,173 
428 
- 
- 
957 
229 
28 
20 
* - Table Legend 
•  Past due not impaired (PDNI) 
•  Considered impaired (CI) 
Receivables  past  due  but  not  considered  impaired  are:  Group $7,621,000  (2009:  $5,676,000).   Payment  terms  on 
these  amounts  have  not  been  renegotiated;  however  credit  has  been  stopped  until  full  payment  is  made.    Each 
operating unit has been in direct contact with the relevant debtor and is satisfied that payment will be received in full. 
Other balances within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets and are not past due.  It is expected 
that these other balances will be received when due. 
 (b) 
Fair value and credit risk 
Due to the short term nature of trade and other receivables, their carrying value is assumed to approximate their fair 
value.  The maximum exposure to credit risk is the fair value of receivables.  Collateral is not held as security, nor is 
it the Group’s policy to transfer (on-sell) receivables to special purpose entities. 
(c) 
Foreign exchange and interest rate risk 
Detail regarding foreign exchange and interest rate risk exposure is disclosed in note 18. 
70 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
8. 
Inventories (Current) 
Raw materials  
Work in progress  
Finished goods  
Consolidated  Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
3,259 
229 
3,749 
7,237 
2,751 
318 
4,419 
7,488 
Inventory  write-downs  recognised  as  an  expense  totalled  $nil  (2009:  $42,154)  for  the  Group.    During  the  year, 
inventory  write-downs  of  $nil  were  reversed  following  the  disposal  of  associated  aged/impaired  inventory  (2009: 
$75,000).  This expense/benefit is included in cost of sales. 
9.  Other Financial Assets (Non-current) 
Unlisted investments, at recoverable amount (ii)  
Consolidated  Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
1 
1 
193 
193 
71 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
9. 
Other Financial Assets (Non-current) (continued) 
(i)  Subsidiaries 
Name of entity 
Traffic Technologies Signal & 
Hardware Division Pty Ltd 
(“TTSH”) 
Country of 
Incorporation 
% of equity 
interest 
2010 
% of equity 
interest 
2009 
Investment 
2010 
$’000 
Investment 
2009 
$’000 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
- 
- 
Traffic Technologies Traffic 
Management Division Pty Ltd 
Australia 
De Neefe Signs Pty Ltd (“DNS”) 
Australia 
Traffic Technologies Traffic Hire 
Pty Ltd (“Traffic Hire”) 
Australia 
Sunny Signs Pty Ltd (“Sunny”) 
Australia 
Pro-Tech Traffic Management Pty 
Ltd 
KJ Aldridge Investments Pty Ltd 
-  Aldridge Traffic Group Pty Ltd 
-  Excelsior Diecasting Pty 
Limited 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
-  Aldridge Traffic Systems Pty 
Australia 
Ltd 
-  Aldridge Plastics Pty Ltd 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
1,074 
1,074 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1,881 
1,881 
- 
- 
40,564A 
- 
- 
40,564A 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
43,519 
- 
43,519 
A – The cost of the investment relates to the purchase of 100% of the share capital in KJ Aldridge Investments 
Pty Limited and 100% of the share capital in each of the wholly owned subsidiaries as detailed above. The cost 
of the investment has not been apportioned to the individual subsidiaries within the Aldridge group.  
(ii) 
(iii) 
The  investment  in  Warp  Pty  Ltd  forms  part  of  the  disposal  assets  sold  as  part  of  the  Traffic 
Management divestment and as such has been reclassified as part of Disposal group held for sale. Prior 
to this reclassification as part of the divestment the Group held 10% (2009: 10%) of the ordinary share 
capital of Warp Pty Ltd, a company involved in the provision of traffic management services. Prior to 
30  June 2010  the  directors  of  the Group did not  believe  that  the Group  was  able  to exert  significant 
influence over Warp Pty Ltd as the other 90% is owned by the directors of the Warp Pty Ltd who also 
manage day to day operations of that company.  Prior to the divestment, the Directors have determined 
that the carrying value of the investment in WARP Pty Ltd should be reduced to its recoverable amount 
resulting in an impairment loss of $66,651 (2009: $336,000).  
The Directors review the carrying value of the parent entity's investment in its subsidiary entities on an 
ongoing basis.  In the prior year the Directors determined that the carrying values of the investment in 
TTSH,  DNS,  Sunny  and  Traffic  Hire  should  be  adjusted  to  their  recoverable  amount  resulting  in  a 
$132,000  reversal  in  the  financial  year  ended  30  June  2009  of  an  impairment  loss  recorded  in  a 
previous  year.  The Directors have determined that all other investments  in subsidiary entities should 
remain at cost. 
72 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
10.  Property, Plant and Equipment 
Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
Consolidated 
2009 
$’000 
8,122 
(3,255) 
4,867 
1,053 
(905) 
148 
30 
(30) 
- 
584 
(307) 
277 
235 
(104) 
131 
200 
(38) 
162 
677 
(563) 
114 
11,775 
(6,089) 
5,686 
1,693 
(1,309) 
384 
320 
(297) 
23 
1,129 
(551) 
578 
2,905 
(474) 
2,431 
200 
(30) 
170 
812 
(583) 
229 
10,901 
(5,202) 
5,699 
18,834 
(9,333) 
9,501 
a) Carrying values 
Plant and equipment, including 
signage: 
  At cost 
  Accumulated depreciation* 
Total plant and equipment 
Office furniture and fittings 
  At cost 
  Accumulated depreciation* 
Total office furniture and fittings 
Office equipment under lease 
  At cost 
  Accumulated depreciation* 
Total office equipment under lease 
Motor vehicles 
  At cost 
  Accumulated depreciation* 
Total motor vehicles  
Motor vehicles under lease 
  At cost 
  Accumulated depreciation* 
Total motor vehicles under lease 
Buildings 
  At cost 
  Accumulated depreciation 
Total land and buildings 
Leasehold improvements 
  At cost 
  Accumulated depreciation* 
Total leasehold improvements 
Total property, plant and 
equipment 
  At cost 
  Accumulated depreciation* 
Total net book value 
* - Includes impairment
73 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
-
1
0
5
,
9
7
9
6
,
1
)
4
1
1
(
)
1
6
9
(
)
0
1
1
,
1
(
)
4
1
3
,
3
(
9
9
6
,
5
8
8
2
,
7
-
)
5
7
(
8
7
2
,
5
)
9
2
9
(
)
5
9
(
)
6
4
8
(
)
0
2
1
,
1
(
1
0
5
,
9
6
-
-
9
2
2
)
0
4
(
)
5
1
(
)
6
6
(
4
1
1
-
-
0
8
-
-
2
8
1
)
7
1
(
)
6
1
(
9
2
2
-
-
-
0
7
1
-
-
)
8
(
2
6
1
8
7
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
)
8
(
0
7
1
-
7
0
6
)
4
5
(
)
7
3
(
1
3
4
,
2
1
3
1
)
0
5
3
(
)
6
6
4
,
2
(
-
5
8
4
1
3
1
-
2
1
2
,
2
)
7
1
2
(
)
1
5
(
)
9
2
1
(
1
3
4
,
2
-
2
8
8
7
5
)
1
3
(
)
3
8
(
3
2
9
1
-
-
-
7
7
2
-
)
5
8
(
)
4
8
1
(
)
6
1
(
)
6
2
(
3
8
1
,
1
)
6
3
1
(
-
9
8
-
)
3
1
2
(
)
8
9
(
)
7
4
2
(
8
7
5
-
-
-
-
2
6
)
8
(
)
1
(
)
0
3
(
3
2
4
7
-
-
7
6
4
8
3
)
7
0
1
(
)
9
6
(
)
7
2
1
(
8
4
1
2
1
0
9
5
)
5
7
(
0
1
1
)
1
1
(
-
)
0
1
(
)
2
3
2
(
4
8
3
-
6
1
9
)
9
2
(
6
8
6
,
5
)
6
8
6
(
)
5
7
5
(
)
5
4
4
(
7
6
8
,
4
1
-
8
0
6
,
4
7
8
7
,
2
)
8
8
4
(
)
5
9
(
)
1
6
6
(
)
6
6
4
(
6
8
6
,
5
d
l
o
h
e
s
a
e
L
l
a
t
o
T
0
0
0
’
$
s
t
n
e
m
e
v
o
r
p
m
i
s
g
n
i
d
l
i
u
B
0
0
0
’
$
0
0
0
’
$
s
e
l
c
i
h
e
v
r
o
t
o
M
e
s
a
e
l
r
e
d
n
u
0
0
0
’
$
r
o
t
o
M
s
e
l
c
i
h
e
v
0
0
0
’
$
e
c
i
f
f
O
t
n
e
m
p
i
u
q
e
e
s
a
e
l
r
e
d
n
u
0
0
0
’
$
e
c
i
f
f
O
e
r
u
t
i
n
r
u
f
s
g
n
i
t
t
i
f
&
0
0
0
’
$
&
t
n
a
l
P
t
n
e
m
p
i
u
q
E
0
0
0
’
$
d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
a
f
o
t
e
n
,
r
a
e
y
e
h
t
f
o
d
n
e
e
h
t
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
e
l
a
s
r
o
f
d
l
e
h
p
u
o
r
g
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D
o
t
d
e
r
r
e
f
s
n
a
r
t
s
t
e
s
s
A
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
s
i
D
f
o
t
r
a
p
s
a
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
D
e
l
a
s
r
o
f
d
l
e
h
p
u
o
r
g
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D
d
n
a
s
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
p
o
g
n
i
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
f
o
t
r
a
p
s
a
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
D
s
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
p
o
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
d
d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
a
f
o
t
e
n
,
r
a
e
y
e
h
t
f
o
d
n
e
e
h
t
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
s
i
D
f
o
t
r
a
p
s
a
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
D
e
l
a
s
r
o
f
d
l
e
h
p
u
o
r
g
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D
d
n
a
s
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
p
o
g
n
i
u
n
i
t
n
o
C
f
o
t
r
a
p
s
a
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
D
)
i
(
t
n
e
m
r
i
a
p
m
I
s
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
p
o
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
d
f
o
t
e
n
,
r
a
e
y
e
h
t
f
o
g
n
i
n
n
i
g
e
b
e
h
t
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
9
0
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
d
e
d
n
e
r
a
e
Y
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
d
d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
a
t
n
e
m
p
i
u
q
e
&
t
n
a
l
p
,
y
t
r
e
p
o
r
p
s
t
e
s
s
a
e
l
b
i
g
n
a
t
n
i
-
-
s
r
e
f
s
n
a
r
T
s
r
e
f
s
n
a
r
T
s
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A
s
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D
D
E
T
A
D
I
L
O
S
N
O
C
f
o
t
e
n
,
r
a
e
y
e
h
t
f
o
g
n
i
n
n
i
g
e
b
e
h
t
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
0
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
d
e
d
n
e
r
a
e
Y
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
d
d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
a
)
i
(
t
n
e
m
r
i
a
p
m
I
s
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A
s
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D
s
e
i
t
i
t
n
E
d
e
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
C
d
n
a
d
t
L
s
e
i
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
c
i
f
f
a
r
T
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
0
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
d
e
d
n
e
r
a
e
y
e
h
t
r
o
F
d
o
i
r
e
p
f
o
d
n
e
d
n
a
g
n
i
n
n
i
g
e
b
e
h
t
t
a
s
t
n
u
o
m
a
g
n
i
y
r
r
a
c
f
o
n
o
i
t
a
i
l
i
c
n
o
c
e
R
)
b
)
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
(
t
n
e
m
p
i
u
q
E
d
n
a
t
n
a
l
P
,
y
t
r
e
p
o
r
P
.
0
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
b) Property, plant and equipment pledged as security for liabilities 
Leased assets are pledged as security for the related finance lease liabilities. 
The Group’s property, plant and equipment is pledged as security against the borrowings with Westpac Bank as 
disclosed in Note 13. 
11.  Intangible Assets 
a) Carrying values 
Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
Consolidated 
2009 
$’000 
2,566 
(443) 
(400) 
1,723 
2,393 
(1,120) 
1,273 
191 
(58) 
133 
613 
(362) 
251 
650 
(650) 
- 
477 
(151) 
326 
33,023 
(2,488) 
30,535 
39,913 
(5,672) 
34,241 
1,273 
(38) 
(315) 
920 
2,393 
(806) 
1,587 
210 
(35) 
175 
800 
(376) 
424 
650 
(650) 
- 
477 
(104) 
373 
42,650 
(2,488) 
40,162 
48,453 
(4,812) 
43,641 
Development costs 
At cost 
Accumulated amortisation 
Accumulated impairment 
Type approval certification 
At cost 
Accumulated amortisation 
Patents and trademarks 
At cost 
Accumulated amortisation 
Software costs 
At cost 
Accumulated amortisation 
Customer contracts 
At cost 
Accumulated amortisation 
Brand names 
At cost 
Accumulated amortisation 
Goodwill 
At cost 
Accumulated impairment 
Total intangibles 
  At cost 
  Accumulated amortisation* 
Total net book value 
* - Includes impairment
75 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L
A
T
O
T
l
l
i
w
d
o
o
G
s
d
n
a
r
B
0
0
0
’
$
0
0
0
’
$
0
0
0
’
$
r
e
m
o
t
s
u
C
s
t
c
a
r
t
n
o
C
0
0
0
’
$
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
C
d
n
a
s
t
n
e
t
a
P
s
k
r
a
m
e
d
a
r
T
0
0
0
’
$
e
r
a
w
t
f
o
S
s
t
s
o
C
0
0
0
’
$
e
p
y
T
l
a
v
o
r
p
p
A
0
0
0
’
$
t
n
e
m
p
o
l
e
v
e
D
s
t
s
o
C
0
0
0
’
$
s
e
i
t
i
t
n
E
d
e
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
C
d
n
a
d
t
L
s
e
i
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
c
i
f
f
a
r
T
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
0
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
d
e
d
n
e
r
a
e
y
e
h
t
r
o
F
-
-
-
)
7
1
(
8
2
5
,
1
1
4
6
,
3
4
)
2
7
(
)
4
8
(
)
4
7
0
,
1
(
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
)
1
8
6
,
9
(
)
7
2
6
,
9
(
1
4
2
,
4
3
5
3
5
,
0
3
)
0
2
(
9
0
7
,
1
2
3
0
,
3
4
-
5
7
0
2
)
0
5
2
(
)
5
2
9
(
-
-
-
-
-
-
)
0
5
2
(
2
1
4
,
0
4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
)
7
4
(
6
2
3
1
2
4
-
-
-
-
-
-
)
8
4
(
2
6
1
,
0
4
3
7
3
1
4
6
,
3
4
2
6
1
,
0
4
3
7
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
9
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
)
9
(
-
-
-
-
3
9
5
7
1
-
-
-
-
4
2
4
0
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
7
8
5
,
1
-
-
-
0
2
9
)
7
1
(
5
0
2
,
1
)
5
3
1
(
)
7
7
2
(
)
4
1
3
(
)
1
0
3
(
-
-
-
3
3
1
6
8
2
1
1
-
-
-
-
-
)
3
2
(
5
7
1
-
)
2
7
(
)
4
5
(
1
5
2
4
8
7
9
5
-
-
-
5
7
-
)
2
3
3
(
4
2
4
6
7
-
-
-
3
7
2
,
1
0
5
4
1
3
3
,
1
-
6
2
2
-
-
-
)
0
2
4
(
7
8
5
,
1
-
-
)
4
8
(
3
2
7
,
1
3
6
6
6
7
5
)
0
2
(
)
6
2
2
(
-
-
0
2
)
3
9
(
0
2
9
)
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
(
s
t
e
s
s
A
e
l
b
i
g
n
a
t
n
I
.
1
1
t
n
e
m
p
i
u
q
e
&
t
n
a
l
p
,
y
t
r
e
p
o
r
p
–
s
r
e
f
s
n
a
r
T
g
n
i
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
f
o
t
r
a
p
s
a
n
o
i
t
a
s
i
t
r
o
m
A
t
n
e
m
t
s
u
j
d
a
e
u
l
a
v
r
i
a
F
s
t
e
s
s
a
e
l
b
i
g
n
a
t
n
i
–
s
r
e
f
s
n
a
r
T
s
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
p
o
d
l
e
h
p
u
o
r
g
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D
f
o
t
r
a
p
s
a
n
o
i
t
a
s
i
t
r
o
m
A
e
l
a
s
r
o
f
e
u
l
a
v
k
o
o
b
t
e
n
9
0
0
2
y
l
u
J
1
t
A
s
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A
s
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D
d
l
e
h
p
u
o
r
g
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D
o
t
d
e
r
r
e
f
s
n
a
r
t
s
t
e
s
s
A
e
l
a
s
r
o
f
t
n
e
m
p
i
u
q
e
&
t
n
a
l
p
,
y
t
r
e
p
o
r
p
–
s
r
e
f
s
n
a
r
T
s
t
e
s
s
a
e
l
b
i
g
n
a
t
n
i
–
s
r
e
f
s
n
a
r
T
t
n
e
m
t
s
u
j
d
a
e
u
l
a
v
r
i
a
F
n
o
i
t
a
s
i
t
r
o
m
A
e
u
l
a
v
k
o
o
b
t
e
n
0
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
t
A
e
u
l
a
v
k
o
o
b
t
e
n
8
0
0
2
y
l
u
J
1
t
A
s
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A
s
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D
t
n
e
m
r
i
a
p
m
I
e
u
l
a
v
k
o
o
b
t
e
n
9
0
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
t
A
t
n
e
m
r
i
a
p
m
I
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
11. 
Intangible Assets (continued) 
(b) Description of the Group’s intangible assets and goodwill 
(i)  Development costs 
Development costs, including type approval work-in-progress, are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation 
and  accumulated  impairment  losses.    This  intangible  asset  has  been  assessed  as  having  a  finite  life  and  is 
amortised  using  the  straight  line  method  over  a  period  of  5  years.    Once  type  approval  projects  have  been 
certified  by the State  Road  Transport Authority,  the  costs  are transferred  to  a  separate  category  of  intangible 
assets,  “type  approval  certification”,  at  which  point  amortisation  commences.  The  amortisation  has  been 
recognised in the income statement in the line item ‘depreciation, amortisation and impairment expense’.   
(ii)  Type approval certification 
Type  approval  certification  internally  generated  or  acquired  in  a  business  combination  is  carried  at  cost  less 
accumulated amortisation and  accumulated impairment losses and is amortised using the straight line method 
over a period of 5 years.  Type approval certification represents the Group’s ‘license’ to sell its light-emitting 
diode (“LED”) traffic light signals.  The amortisation has been recognised in the income statement in the line 
item ‘depreciation, amortisation and impairment expense’.   
(iii)  Patents and trademarks 
Patents  and trademarks  acquired  separately  or in a business combination are carried  at  cost  less  accumulated 
amortisation and accumulated  impairment losses.  These intangible assets have been assessed as having finite 
lives and are  amortised  using  the straight  line  method  over a period of  10  years.   The  amortisation  has  been 
recognised in the income statement in the line item ‘depreciation, amortisation and impairment expense’.   
(iv)  Customer contracts and relationships 
Customer  contracts  and  relationships  acquired in a business combination are carried  at  cost  less  accumulated 
amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.  These intangible assets have been assessed as having a finite 
life  and  are  amortised using  the  straight  line  method using existing contract  life  and  existing  customer base.  
The amortisation has been recognised in the income statement in the line item ‘depreciation, amortisation and 
impairment expense’.   
(v)  Brand names 
After  initial  recognition  brand  names  acquired  in  a  business  combination  are  measured  at  cost  less  any 
accumulated  impairment  losses.    These  intangible  assets  have  been  assessed  as  having  finite  lives  and  are 
amortised using the straight line method over a period of 10 years.  The amortisation has been recognised in the 
income statement in the line item ‘depreciation, amortisation and impairment expense’.   
(vi)  Goodwill 
After initial recognition goodwill acquired in a business combination is measured at cost less any accumulated 
impairment  losses.    Goodwill  is  not  amortised  but  is  subject  to  impairment  testing  on  an  annual  basis  or 
whenever there is an indication of impairment (refer section (c) of this note). 
(vii)  Software costs 
These  intangible  assets  have  been  assessed  as  having  a  finite  life  and  are  amortised  using  the  straight  line 
method over a period of 4 years.  The amortisation has been recognised in the income statement in the line item 
‘depreciation, amortisation and impairment expense’.   
77 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
11. 
Intangible Assets (continued) 
(c) Impairment tests for goodwill and intangibles with indefinite useful lives 
(i) Description of the cash-generating units and other relevant information 
Goodwill and brand names acquired through business combinations have been allocated to two individual cash-
generating units for impairment testing as follows: 
§  Signals 
§  Traffic Management 
Signals Cash-generating Unit 
The  recoverable  amount  of  the  Signals  cash-generating  unit  has  been  determined  based  on  a  value  in  use 
calculation  using  cash  flow  projections  based  on  financial  budgets  prepared  by  management  covering  a  five 
year period. 
The pre  tax discount  rate  applied to  the cash  flow projections is  14.9%  (2009: 14.3%),  which is the  Group’s 
WACC adjusted downwards to reflect  the risks  specific  to  the Signals cash-generating unit.  The growth rate 
used to extrapolate the cash flows over the five year period is 5% (2009: 5%). 
The  Group  believes  that  the  growth  rate  selected  is  justified  based  on  expected  growth  in  demand  due  to 
increased road infrastructure investment in line with government projections.  
Traffic Management Cash-generating Unit 
The  recoverable  amount  of  the  Traffic  Management  (TMD)  business  for  the  30  June  2010  year  has  been 
determined based on a fair value less costs to sell valuation as the Company had signed an Agreement on 29 
June 2010 to divest the TMD business. At 30 June 2010 the  fair value less cost  to sell of the TMD business 
does not indicate that an impairment is required.  
During the 2009 financial  year the recoverable amount of the TMD cash-generating unit had been determined 
based  on  a  value  in  use  calculation  using  cash  flow  projections  based  on  financial  budgets  prepared  by 
management covering a five year period. 
In the 30 June 2009 year recoverable amount was the pre tax discount rate applied to the cash flow projections 
in 2009 was 15.5%, which was the Group’s WACC adjusted upwards to reflect the risks specific to the TMD 
cash-generating unit.  The growth rate used to extrapolate the cash flows over the five year period was 5% for 
30 June 2009.  
The  Group  believes  that  the  growth  rate  selected  was  justified  based  on  strong  expected  growth  in  traffic 
management services over the next ten years in line with government projections.  
78 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
11. 
Intangible Assets (continued) 
 (ii) Carrying amount of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets allocated to each of the cash-generating 
units 
Summary by Cash-generating Unit 
Signals 
Traffic Management 
Consolidated  Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
30,535 
- 
30,535 
30,535 
9,627 
40,162 
(iii) Key assumptions used in value in use calculations for the cash-generating units for 30 June 2010 and 30 
June 2009 
The Group has based its cash flow projections on budgets prepared by management. 
The cash flows have been extrapolated using the expected growth rate of 5% for the Signals cash-generating 
unit for both 30 June 2010 and 30 June 2009 years, however due to agreed sale of Traffic Management at 30 
June 2010 the value in use calculation has only been used for the 30 June 2009 calculation. At 30 June 2010 
the recoverable amount of the Traffic Management business for the 30 June 2010 year has been determined 
based on a fair value less costs to sell valuation. 
 The Group believes that the growth rates selected are justified based on strong expected growth in demand 
over the next 5 years in line with government projections.  
It  has  been  assumed  that  the  current  market  share  achieved  by  the  Group  will  be  maintained  and  that  the 
budgeted growth rates will be achieved through expected strong growth in market demand. 
The projections are based on the gross margins achieved in the period immediately before the budget period, 
increased for expected efficiency  improvements. The Group believes that efficiency improvements of up to 
5% per year can be reasonably achieved in each of the cash generating units.  
The cash flows have been discounted at higher WACC rates as at 30 June 2010 compared with 30 June 2009 
and this is a reflection of the Group’s higher cost of finance and high level of gearing. 
The key assumptions used in the value in use calculations represent management’s best estimates at 30 June 
2010 and management does not believe there are reasonably possible changes in the key assumptions. 
79 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
12. 
 Trade and Other Payables 
Current 
Trade creditors (i) 
Sundry creditors and accruals (ii) 
Deferred consideration 
Current Trade and Other Payables  
Non-current 
Sundry creditors and accruals (ii) 
Non-current Trade and Other Payables  
(i)  Trade creditors 
Consolidated  Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
8,618 
5,132 
- 
7,542 
4,839 
10 
13,750 
12,391 
116 
116 
176 
176 
Trade payables are non-interest bearing and are normally settled on 60-day terms. 
(ii)  Sundry creditors and accruals 
Current 
Current sundry  creditors  and  accruals  are  non-trade payables,  non-interest  bearing and have  an average 
term of 3 months. 
Non-current 
Non-current sundry creditors and accruals  are long-term, unamortised property  lease incentives ranging 
from 2-5 years maturity. 
(iii)  Fair value  
Due to the short term nature of these payables, their carrying value is assumed to approximate their fair 
value. 
(iv)  Interest rate, foreign exchange and liquidity risk 
Information regarding the effective interest rate, foreign exchange and liquidity risk exposure is set out in 
note 18. 
80 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
13.  Interest Bearing Loans and Borrowings 
Nominal 
interest rate 
Year of 
maturity 
Consolidated  Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
Current borrowings 
Term bank facility (secured) – (i) (ii) 
Working capital facility (secured) 
(iii) 
Lease liabilities (iv) 
BBR + 
3.75% 
BBR + 
5.00% 
5.5% - 8.9% 
2011 
2011 
2010-2013 
Non-current borrowings 
Term bank facility (secured) – (i) (ii) 
Lease liabilities 
BBR + 
3.75% 
5.5% - 8.9% 
2011 
2010-2013 
10,000 
8,997 
138 
19,135 
- 
8,997 
793 
9,790 
23,796 
33,744 
140 
23,936 
2,254 
35,998 
All  loans  are denominated  in  Australian  Dollars.  The  carrying amount  of  the  Group’s  current  and  non-
current borrowings approximates their fair value. 
(i)  Reconciliation of Term Bank Facility 
Term bank facility balance comprises: 
Term bank facility – Principal loan amounts 
payable 
Less: capitalised transaction costs 
Current borrowings 
Non-current borrowings 
Consolidated  Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
34,000 
(204) 
33,796 
10,000 
23,796 
33,796 
34,000 
(256) 
33,744 
- 
33,744 
33,744 
81 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
13. 
Interest Bearing Loans and Borrowings (continued) 
Terms and conditions relating to the above financial instruments: 
(ii)  Term Facility 
The term  facility has  been  scheduled  for repayment on  1 October 2011 and has been  presented as  non-
current in accordance with AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements , except for the reduction in 
the  term debt  facility agreed with Westpac (refer (vii) below.  The  term facility  is  secured by fixed and 
floating charges over the total assets of the Group. 
(iii)  Working Capital Facility 
The  working  capital  facility  comprises  a  bank  overdraft  facility,  a  bank  guarantee  commitment  and  a 
revolving cash advance facility.  The combination of these facilities must not exceed $12m at any point in 
time.  The facility has been scheduled for repayment on 1 October 2011 and has been presented as current 
in accordance with the economic substance of a working capital  facility.  The working capital facility is 
secured by fixed and floating charges over the total assets of the Group, excluding inventory.  
(iv)  Information regarding the effective interest rate risk of borrowings is set out in Note 18. 
(v)  During the current and prior years, there were no defaults or breaches on any of the loans. 
(vi)  Refer to Note 20(c) for details regarding the financing facilities available. 
(vii)  On  9  August  2010  Westpac  confirmed  that  it  will  reduce  Traffic  Technologies  term  debt  facility  from 
$34.0m at 30 June 2010 to $24.0m within six months of completion of the sale of the Traffic Management 
business and the working capital facility from $12.0m to $8.6m within six months of completion. 
14.  Provisions 
Current 
Annual leave 
Long service leave 
Restructuring 
Unfavourable contracts 
Maintenance warranties 
Non-current 
Long service leave 
Total provisions 
Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
Consolidated 
2009 
$’000 
921 
753 
100 
170 
448 
2,392 
96 
96 
2,488 
1,544 
859 
65 
170 
113 
2,751 
254 
254 
3,005 
82 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
14. 
Provisions (continued) 
(a) Movements in provisions 
Movements in each class of provisions during the financial year, other than provisions relating to employee 
benefits, are set out below: 
Restructuring 
$’000 
Unfavourable 
Contracts 
$’000 
Maintenance  
Warranties 
$’000 
Total 
$’000 
CONSOLIDATED 
At 1 July 2009 
Arising during the year 
Unused amounts reversed 
At 30 June 2010 
Current 2010 
Non-current 2010 
Current 2009 
Non-current 2009 
65 
35 
- 
100 
100 
- 
100 
65 
- 
65 
170 
- 
- 
170 
170 
- 
170 
170 
- 
170 
113 
335 
- 
448 
448 
- 
448 
113 
- 
113 
348 
370 
- 
718 
718 
- 
718 
348 
- 
348 
(b)  Nature and timing of provision for restructuring 
(i) Traffic Technologies Ltd 
In  line  with  the  Group’s  ongoing  implementation of  its Profit  Improvement Program,  the  Group  recognised a 
provision for restructure.  The provision represented the present value of the directors’ best estimate of the future 
outflow of economic benefits that will be required in order to effect the restructuring plan. 
(c)  Nature and timing of provision for unfavourable contracts 
(i) Guard Rail Installations – Discontinued operations 
The  Group  has  recognised  a  provision  for  an  unfavourable  contract  in  relation  to  its  former  Guard  Rail 
Installations business disposed in the prior year.  The contract was identified during the year and further that it 
had  not been  assigned  to  the  purchaser  on  disposal  of  the  business.    The  provision  recognised  represents  the 
present value of the directors’ best estimate of the future outflow of economic benefits that will be required in 
order to either complete the requirements of the contract or to settle any claim brought against the Group in the 
event that it does not complete the requirements of the contract. 
(d)  Nature and timing of provision for maintenance warranties 
(i) Technical Products – Signals Division 
The  Group  has  recognised  a  provision  for  expected warranty  claims on  products  sold by  the Signals  division 
during  the  last  five  years,  based  on  current  sales  levels,  current  information  available  about  past  returns  and 
repairs, and on the five year warranty period for all products sold.  The provision for warranty claims represents 
the present value of the directors’ best estimate of the future outflow of economic benefits that will be required 
under  warranties  offered  for  traffic  signals  and  emergency  telephones  produced  by  the  Technical  Products 
division. 
83 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
15.  Contributed Equity 
Ordinary shares 
Convertible non-cumulative redeemable preference shares 
a) Ordinary shares 
At 1 July 2008 
Conversion of 100 preference shares to 100 ordinary shares# 
At 30 June 2009 
At 1 July 2009 
Share Placement 
18,838,717 new ordinary shares issued at 3.5 cents per share  – 10 August 2009 
Transaction costs 
Deferred tax on transaction costs 
Share Conversion 
Conversion of 500,000 preference shares to 500,000 ordinary shares at 25 cents per share  
- 15 December 2009 
Share Conversion 
Conversion of 15,000,000 preference shares to 15,000,000 ordinary shares at 25 cents per 
share – 11 May 2010 
Transaction costs 
At 30 June 2010 
# - Transaction is less than $500. 
Terms and conditions of contributed equity 
Consolidated  Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
37,538 
4,125 
41,663 
33,062 
8,000 
41,062 
No. of 
Shares ‘000 
$’000 
125,591 
33,062 
- 
- 
125,591 
33,062 
125,591 
33,062 
18,839 
- 
- 
- 
659 
(69) 
21 
- 
500 
125 
15,000 
- 
3,750 
(10) 
159,930 
37,538 
Effective 1 July 1998, the Corporations legislation abolished the concepts of authorised capital and par value shares. 
Accordingly the Company does not have authorised capital  nor par value in respect of its issued capital.  Ordinary 
shares have the right to receive dividends as declared and, in the event of winding up of the Company, to participate 
in the proceeds from the sale of all surplus assets in proportion to the number and amounts paid up on shares held.  
Ordinary shares entitle their holder to one vote, either in person or by proxy, at a meeting of the Company. 
84 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
15. 
Contributed Equity (continued) 
b)  Movement in convertible non-cumulative redeemable preference shares 
At 1 July 2008 
Conversion of 100 preference shares to 100 ordinary shares at $0.25 per share# 
At 30 June 2009 
At 1 July 2009 
No. of 
  Shares ‘000 
$’000 
31,692 
8,000 
- 
- 
31,692 
31,692 
8,000 
8,000 
Conversion of 15,500,000 preference shares to 15,500,000 ordinary shares at $0.25 per share 
(15,500) 
(3,875) 
At 30 June 2010 
# - Transaction is less than $500. 
16,192 
4,125 
Terms and conditions of convertible non-cumulative redeemable preference shares 
Preference  shares  are  convertible  into  fully  paid  Ordinary  shares  on  the  basis  that  each  Preference  share  is 
convertible  at  the  option  of  the  Preference  shareholder  into  one  Ordinary  share.    There  is  no  time  limit  specified 
within which Preference shares must be converted.   No additional consideration is payable on conversion.  Equity 
Partners may only convert so that the number of shares to be issued on conversion does not result in Equity Partners’ 
voting power in the Company increasing in contravention of section 606 of the Corporations Act 2001. 
Preference shares are redeemable only on the occurrence of an “Insolvency Event”, (an application made to a court 
to wind up the Company, the appointment of a liquidator, provisional liquidator, receiver, manager, administrator or 
controller or the Company entering into an arrangement with one or more of its creditors or failing to comply with a 
statutory demand) or the Company ceasing to trade, at the option of the Preference shareholder. 
Preference shareholders will not be entitled to vote at any general meeting of the Company except in the following 
circumstances: 
a)  on a proposal: 
(i)   to reduce the share capital of the Company; 
(ii)  that affects the rights attached to Preference shares; 
(iii) to wind up the Company; and 
(iv) for the disposal of the whole of the property, business and undertakings of the Company. 
b)  on a resolution to approve the terms of a share buy-back agreement; 
c)  during a period in which a Dividend or part of a Dividend is in arrears; 
d)  during the winding-up of the Company. 
Subject  to  the  Preference  share  terms,  but  in  any  event  only  if  the  Directors  declare  a  dividend  on  the  Ordinary 
shares,  each  Preference  share  entitles  the  Preference  shareholder  on  a  Record  Date  to  receive  on  the  relevant 
Dividend payment date in preference to the holder of Ordinary shares a non-cumulative dividend in an amount equal 
to  the  dividend  declared  on  the  Ordinary  shares.    Dividends  will  be  payable  on  the  dates  on  which  dividends  on 
Ordinary  shares  are  payable.    Preference  shareholders  are  entitled  to  receive  dividends  in  priority  to  holders  of 
Ordinary shares and equally with the holders of other Preference shares that may be issued with the consent of the 
holders of the majority of the Preference shares. 
85 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
15. 
Contributed Equity (continued) 
c)  Capital risk management 
When managing capital, management's objective is to ensure the entity continues as a going concern as well as to 
maintain optimal returns to shareholders and benefits  for other stakeholders.  Management also aims to maintain a 
capital structure that ensures the lowest cost of capital available to the entity. 
The Group’s overall strategy remains unchanged from 2009. 
The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, which includes borrowings disclosed in Note 13, cash and cash 
equivalents  disclosed in  Note 20  and  equity  attributable to  equity  holders of  the parent,  comprising issued capital, 
reserves and retained earnings as disclosed in the Statement of Changes in Equity. 
Operating cash flows are used to maintain and expand the Group’s manufacturing and distribution assets, as well as 
to  make  the  routine  outflows  of  tax  and  repayment  of  maturing  debt.    The  Group’s  policy  is  to  borrow  centrally 
through  the  parent  entity,  using  a  variety  of  capital  market  issues  and  borrowing  facilities,  to  meet  anticipated 
funding requirements.  
Gearing ratio 
The directors review the capital structure on a monthly basis.  As a part of this review the board considers the cost of 
capital  and  risks  associated with  each  class  of  capital.    The Group has a target  gearing  ratio of  30-45%,  which  is 
determined as the proportion of net debt to total capital.  The Group will balance its overall capital structure through 
new share issues and the redemption of existing debt, as market conditions allow.  The Group is not subject to any 
externally imposed capital requirements. 
The gearing ratios based on continuing operations at 30 June 2010 and 2009 were as follows: 
Total borrowings (i) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Net debt 
Equity (ii) 
Total capital 
Gearing ratio 
Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
Consolidated 
2009 
$’000 
43,071 
(3,457) 
39,614 
18,057 
57,671 
69% 
45,788 
(3,591) 
42,197 
17,703 
59,900 
70% 
(i)  Total borrowings includes long and short-term interest bearing liabilities, as detailed in note 13. 
(ii)  Equity includes all capital and reserves. 
86 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
16.  Derivative Financial Instruments 
Non-current liabilities 
Interest rate swap contract 
Interest rate cap contract 
(i) 
Interest rate contracts 
Consolidated  Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
329 
4 
333 
622 
41 
663 
Interest bearing loans of the Group currently bear an average floating interest rate of 4.4% (2009: 3.6%).  In order to 
protect against rising interest rates the Group has entered into an interest rate swap contract and an interest rate cap 
contract under which it has a right  to receive interest at variable rates  and to pay  interest at  fixed rates.  The swap 
covers approximately 37.5% (2009: 37.5%) of the notional principal outstanding and the cap covers approximately 
37.5% (2009: 37.5%); both contracts are timed to expire on 1 May 2012 (being the original expiry date of the term 
loan to which the interest rate contracts relate).  The fixed interest rate on both contracts is 7.1% (2009: 7.1%) and 
the floating interest rate on the both contracts is the Australian BBR. 
The term loan, whose interest is hedged through these interest rate contracts, is fully disclosed in Note 13. 
At 30 June 2010, the notional principal amounts and period of expiry of the interest rate contracts are as follows: 
0 – 1 years 
1 – 2 years 
2 – 3 years 
3 – 5 years 
5+ years 
Consolidated  Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
2,550 
15,513 
- 
- 
- 
18,063 
2,550 
2,550 
15,513 
- 
- 
20,613 
The interest rate contracts settle on a quarterly basis.  The interest payments on the term facility loan and the interest 
rate contracts occur simultaneously. The difference, if any, is recognised directly in the profit and loss account. 
87 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
17.  Share-based Payment Plans 
(a) Summaries of options granted under the Company’s share-based payment plans 
The  following  table  illustrates  the  number  (No.)  and  weighted  average  exercise  prices  (WAEP)  of,  and 
movements in, share options issued during the year. 
Outstanding at the beginning of the year 
Granted during the year 
Forfeited during the year 
Expired during the year 
Outstanding at the end of the year 
Exercisable at the end of the year 
2010 
No. 
Thousand 
2010 
WAEP 
$ 
2009 
No. 
Thousand 
2009 
WAEP 
$ 
2,937 
- 
- 
(1,950) 
987 
887 
0.41 
- 
- 
0.40 
0.44 
0.42 
10,987 
- 
(2,250) 
(5,800) 
0.38 
- 
0.45 
0.33 
2,937 
0.41 
2,737 
0.41 
The outstanding balance as at 30 June 2010 is represented by: 
-  Option Series E and X were issued to employees; 
-  Option Series N and S were issued to Directors; and 
-  Option Series K were issued to Vendors of businesses acquired in prior periods.  
Option Series 
Number 
Grant 
Date 
Vesting 
Date 
Expiry 
Date 
(E) Issued 8 August 2005 
(K) Issued 12 December 
2005 
(N) Issued 21 February 
2006 
(S) Issued 28 Nov 2006 
(X) Issued 1 October 2007 
137,000 
150,000 
08/08/05 
12/12/05 
08/08/05 
12/12/05 
08/08/10 
01/09/10 
300,000 
21/02/06 
01/07/08 
31/12/10 
0.50 
300,000 
100,000 
28/11/06 
01/10/07 
01/07/08 
01/07/10 
31/12/10 
31/12/12 
0.50 
0.50 
0.05 
0.05 
0.05 
Exercise 
Price  
$ 
0.25 
0.25 
Fair value at 
grant date 
$ 
0.21 
0.12 
Terms and 
Conditions 
ii 
i 
i 
i 
iii 
          987,000 
(b) Terms and conditions of the Company’s share-based payment plans 
With respect to  the Company’s options, all options were  issued at no cash consideration.  Each option entitles 
the holder to  subscribe  for  one  fully paid  ordinary  share  in  the  entity.   The  issue  of options  to non-executive 
directors  was  not  based  on  specified  performance  criteria.    The  vesting  of  options  to  executives  is  subject  to 
performance criteria. Details of the performance criteria for each series of options are set out below: 
(i)  There are no performance or service criteria associated with these options. 
(ii) 
(iii) 
Options are subject to the continuous employment of the option holder. The options will lapse if they 
are not exercised within 28 days of employment being terminated.  
Options  will  vest  provided  the  share  price  of  the  Company  outperforms  the  ASX  200  share  index 
measured over the 12 month period immediately prior to the vesting dates specified above. If a tranche 
of  options does  not  vest,  it will lapse. Options are  also subject  to  the  continuous  employment  of  the 
option holder. The options will lapse if they are not exercised within one month of employment being 
terminated.  
88 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
17. 
Share-based Payment Plans (continued) 
There have  been no  cancellations  or modifications  to any  of  the plans  during 2010  and 2009.  The following 
numbers of share options were forfeited or expired during the year: 
Option Series 
(G) Issued 12 December 2005 
(M) Issued 21 February 2006 
(R) Issued 21 February 2006 
(T) Issued 1 May 2007 
(W) Issued 1 October 2007 
(c) Option pricing model 
Number 
Forfeited 
Thousand 
Number 
Expired 
Thousand 
Number 
Total 
Thousand 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(1,000) 
(300) 
(300) 
(250) 
(100) 
(1,950) 
(1,000) 
(300) 
(300) 
(250) 
(100) 
(1,950) 
The  fair  value  of  option  series  E,  K  &  N  was  estimated  on  the  date  of  grant  using  a  Black-Scholes  option 
pricing model; and the fair value of option series S & X was estimated on the date of grant using the Binomial 
option pricing model.  No options were granted during the year ended 30 June 2010 (2009: nil).  The expense 
recognised within the income statement in relation to share-based payments is disclosed in Note 3(h). 
(d) Weighted average remaining contractual life 
The weighted average remaining contractual life for the outstanding share options as at 30 June 2010 is 0.60 
years (2009: 0.94 years). 
(e) Range of exercise price 
The range of exercise prices for outstanding share options at the end of the year was $0.25 - $0.50 (2009: $0.20 
- $0.50). 
(f) Weighted average fair value 
No options were granted during the year ended 30 June 2010 (2009: nil). 
89 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
18.  Financial risk management objectives and policies 
Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies 
The  Group’s  principal  financial  instruments  comprise  a  term  loan  facility,  with  an  associated  interest  rate 
swap contract and interest rate cap contract, working capital facility (as disclosed in Note 13), finance leases, 
hire purchase contracts, forward contracts to purchase foreign currency and cash and short-term deposits. 
The Group manages its exposure to key financial risks, including interest rate and currency risk in accordance 
with the Group's financial risk management policy.  The objective of the policy is to support the delivery of 
the Group's financial targets whilst protecting future financial security. 
The Group enters into derivative transactions, principally interest rate swaps and forward currency contracts. 
The  purpose  is  to  manage  the  interest  rate  and  currency  risks  arising  from  the  Group's  operations  and  its 
sources of finance.  The Group has various other financial assets and liabilities such as trade receivables and 
trade payables, which arise directly from its operations. 
It is the Group’s policy that no trading in financial instruments shall be undertaken.   
The main risks arising  from  the Group’s financial  instruments are cash flow  interest rate risk,  liquidity risk, 
credit risk and foreign exchange rate risk.  
The  Group  uses  different  methods  to  measure  and  manage  different  types  of  risks  to  which  it  is  exposed. 
These  include  monitoring  levels  of  exposure  to  interest  rate  and  foreign  exchange  risk  and  assessments  of 
market  forecasts  for  interest  rate  and  foreign  exchange  prices.  Ageing  analyses  and  monitoring  of  specific 
credit allowances are undertaken to manage credit risk, liquidity risk is monitored through the development of 
future rolling cash flow forecasts. 
The Board reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks as summarised below. 
Primary responsibility for identification and control of financial risks rests with the Audit & Risk Committee 
under  the  authority  of  the  Board.    The  Board  reviews  and  agrees  policies  for  managing  each  of  the  risks 
identified below, including  the setting of limits for hedging cover of foreign  currency  and interest rate risk, 
credit allowances, and future cash flow forecast projections. 
Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the 
basis of measurement and the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of 
financial asset, financial liability and equity instrument are disclosed in Note 1 to the financial statements. 
Risk exposures and responses 
Fair value of financial instruments 
The  directors  consider  that  the  carrying  amount  of  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  recorded  in  the 
financial statements approximates their fair values (2009: fair values). 
The fair values and net fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities are determined as follows: 
The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities with standard terms and conditions and traded 
§ 
on active liquid markets are determined with reference to quoted market prices; and 
The  fair  value  of  other  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  are  determined  in  accordance  with 
§ 
generally accepted pricing models based on discounted cash flow analysis. 
90 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
18. 
Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued) 
Interest rate risk 
The Group's exposure to market interest rates relates primarily to the Group's long-term debt obligations. The 
level of debt is disclosed in Note 13. 
At  balance  date  the  Group  had  the  following  mix  of  financial  assets  and  liabilities  exposed  to  Australian 
variable interest rate risk that are not designated in cash flow hedges: 
Financial assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Other financial assets 
Financial liabilities 
Term bank facility 
Working capital facility 
Derivative financial instruments 
Consolidated  Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
2009 
$’000 
3,457 
1 
3,458 
33,796 
8,997 
333 
43,126 
3,591 
193 
3,784 
33,744 
8,997 
663 
43,404 
Net exposure 
(39,668) 
(39,620) 
The Group’s policy is to manage its finance costs using a mix of fixed and variable rate debt.  To manage this 
mix  in  a  cost-efficient  manner  the  Group  enters  into  interest  rate  swaps  and  interest  rate  cap  contracts,  in 
which  the  Group  agrees  to  exchange,  at  specified  intervals,  the  difference  between  fixed  and  variable  rate 
interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed-upon notional principal amount.  These swaps and caps 
are designated to hedge underlying debt obligations.  At 30 June 2010, after taking into account the effect of 
interest  rate  swaps  and  caps,  approximately  56%  of  the  Group's  borrowings  are  at  a  fixed  rate  of  interest 
(2009: 34%). 
Interest rate exposure 
The  Group  constantly  analyses  its  interest  rate  exposure.  Within  this  analysis  consideration  is  given  to 
potential  renewals  of  existing  positions,  alternative  financing,  alternative  hedging  positions  and  the  mix  of 
fixed and variable interest rates.  The following sensitivity analysis is based on the interest rate risk exposures 
in existence at the balance sheet date, and is net of the hedging affect of the interest rate swap and interest rate 
cap contracts. 
91 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
18. 
Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued) 
At 30 June, if interest rates had moved, as illustrated in the table below, with all other variables held constant, 
pre tax loss and other equity reserves would have been affected as follows: 
Judgments of reasonably possible 
movements: 
Group 
+1% (100 basis points) 
- 0.5% ( 50 basis points) 
Pre Tax Loss 
Increase / (Decrease) 
2009 
$’000 
2010 
$’000 
Other Equity Reserves 
Increase / (Decrease) 
2009 
$’000 
2010 
$’000 
53 
(193) 
9 
98 
- 
- 
- 
- 
The movements in profit/loss are due to higher/lower interest costs from variable rate debt and cash balances.  
The change in sensitivity between 2009 and 2010 is due to the mix of interest rate swap and interest rate cap 
contracts and the associated fair value of those contracts and the underlying variable interest rates. 
Foreign currency risk 
The  Group  currently  purchases  immaterial  amounts  of  materials  denominated  in  foreign  currency,  hence 
immaterial  exposures  to  exchange  rate  fluctuations  arise.  The  Group  enters  into  forward  foreign  exchange 
contracts to manage the risk associated with anticipated purchase transactions up to 6 months out to hedge the 
exposure generated.   The exchange gain or loss on these transactions is recognised directly in the profit and 
loss account. 
At balance date the Group had no commitments to purchase foreign currency. 
Credit risk 
Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, trade and 
other  receivables,  available-for-sale  financial  assets  and  derivative  instruments.  The  Group's  exposure  to 
credit risk arises from potential default of the counter party, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying 
amount of these instruments. Exposure at balance date is addressed in each applicable note. 
The Group does not hold any credit derivatives to offset its credit exposure. 
92 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
18. 
Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued) 
The Group trades only with recognised, creditworthy third parties and, as such, collateral is not requested nor 
is it the Group's policy to securitise its trade and other receivables.  It is the Group's policy that all customers 
who wish to trade on credit terms are subject to credit verification procedures including an assessment of their 
independent credit rating,  financial  position,  past  experience and industry reputation.  Risk  limits  are  set  for 
each  individual  customer  in  accordance  with  parameters  set  by  the  board.  These  risk  limits  are  regularly 
monitored. 
In addition, receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis with the result that the Group's exposure to 
bad debts is not significant. 
For transactions that are not denominated in the functional currency of the relevant operating unit, the Group 
does not offer credit terms without the specific approval of senior management. 
There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group. 
Price risk 
The Group’s exposure to equity securities price risk is minimal.  Equity price risk arises from investments in 
equity securities, which are carried at cost as an approximation to fair value.  The price risk is immaterial in 
terms  of  a  possible  impact  on  profit  or  loss  or  total  equity  and  as  such  a  sensitivity  analysis  has  not  been 
completed. 
Liquidity risk  
Ultimate  responsibility  for  liquidity  risk  management  rests  with  the  board,  who  have  built  an  appropriate 
liquidity  risk  management  framework  for  the  management  of  the  Group’s  short,  medium  and  long-term 
funding and liquidity management requirements.  The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate 
reserves,  banking  facilities  and  reserve  borrowing  facilities  by  continuously  monitoring  forecast  and  actual 
cash  flows  and matching the  maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities.   Included  in note 20(c) is a 
listing of additional undrawn facilities that the Group has at its disposal to further reduce liquidity risk. 
The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use 
of bank overdrafts, bank loans, recycling of assets through sale, finance leases and committed available credit 
lines. 
The Group’s policy  is that not more than 20% of borrowings should mature in any 12 month period.  At 30 
June  2010,  23.4%  of  the  Group’s  debt  is  due  to  be  retired  in  less  than  one  year  as  part  of  the  Traffic 
Management disposal (2009: 1.0%), 75.7% of the Group’s debt will mature in 18 months’ time (2009: 93.0%) 
and the balance of the Group’s debt will mature in more than one year but not more than 5 years. 
On 9 August 2010 Westpac confirmed that it will reduce Traffic Technologies term debt facility from $34.0m 
at 30 June 2010 to $24.0m within six months of  completion of the sale of  the Traffic Management business 
and the working capital facility from $12.0m to $8.6m within six months of completion. 
The following table details the Group’s remaining contractual maturity  for its  financial liabilities.  The table 
has been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash  flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date in 
which  the  Group  can  be  required  to pay.    The  table  includes  both  interest  and  principal  cash  flows.    Cash 
flows for financial liabilities without fixed timing of amount are based on conditions existing at 30 June. 
93 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
18. 
Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued) 
The remaining contractual maturities of the Group’s financial liabilities are: 
6 months or less 
6 – 12 months 
1 – 5 years 
Over 5 years 
Consolidated 
     2010 
    $’000 
2009 
$’000 
15,493 
10,070 
33,266 
- 
58,829 
14,466 
2,109 
47,321 
- 
63,896 
Maturity analysis of financial assets and liabilities in accordance with management’s expectation 
The  risk  implied  from  the  values  shown  in  the  table  below  reflects  a  balanced  view  of  cash  inflows  and 
outflows.    Leasing  obligations,  trade  payables  and  other  financial  liabilities  mainly  originate  from  the 
financing of assets used in the Group’s ongoing operations such as property, plant, equipment and investments 
in working capital (e.g. inventories and trade receivables).  These assets are considered in the Group’s overall 
liquidity risk.  To monitor existing financial assets and liabilities, as well as to enable an effective controlling 
of  future  risks,  the Group  has established  comprehensive  risk  reporting  covering  its business  segments  that 
reflects management’s  expectations of expected settlement of  financial  assets and liabilities,  as illustrated in 
the tables below. 
Year ended 30 June 2010 
Consolidated 
Financial assets 
Cash & cash equivalents 
Trade & other receivables 
Financial liabilities 
Trade & other payables  
Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Bank guarantee 
Net maturity 
≤  6 
months 
$’000 
6-12 months 
$’000 
1 – 5 
years 
$’000 
> 5 years 
$’000 
Total 
$’000 
3,457 
16,458 
19,915 
12,550 
10,138 
- 
22,688 
(2,773) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
48 
48 
1,200 
32,933 
857 
35,030 
(34,892) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
3,457 
16,506 
19,963 
13,750 
43,071 
857 
57,718 
(37,755) 
The  difference  between  the  contractual  maturities  of  the  Group’s  financial  liabilities  and  management 
expectation of when those financial liabilities will be settled is explained by a provision in respect of a legal 
claim of $1,200,000 (refer note 20(i)). 
94 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
18. 
Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued) 
Year ended 30 June 2009 
Consolidated 
Financial assets 
Cash & cash equivalents 
Trade & other receivables 
Financial liabilities 
Trade & other payables  
Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
≤ 6 
months 
$’000 
6-12 months 
$’000 
1 – 5 
years 
$’000 
> 5 years 
$’000 
Total 
$’000 
3,591 
14,221 
17,812 
11,157 
2,109 
13,266 
- 
- 
- 
- 
46 
46 
- 
2,109 
2,109 
1,200 
47,321 
48,521 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
3,591 
14,267 
17,858 
12,357 
51,539 
63,896 
(46,038) 
Net maturity 
4,546 
(2,109) 
(48,475) 
The  difference  between  the  contractual  maturities  of  the  Group’s  financial  liabilities  and  management 
expectation of when those financial liabilities will be settled is explained by a provision in respect of a legal 
claim of $1,200,000 (refer note 20(i)). 
Derivative financial liabilities maturity 
Due  to  the  unique  characteristics  and  risks  inherent  to  derivate  instruments,  the  Group  (through  the  Group 
Treasury Function) separately monitors the liquidity risk arising from transacting derivative instruments. 
The table below details the liquidity arising from the derivative liabilities held by the Group at balance date. 
Net  settled  derivative  liabilities  comprise  swap  and  cap  contracts  that  are  used  as  economic  hedges  of  the 
Groups term facility. Gross settled derivatives mainly comprise  forward interest rate cap and swap contracts 
that are used to hedge against future interest rate fluctuations. 
≤ 6 
months 
$’000 
6-12 months 
$’000 
1 – 5 
years 
$’000 
> 5 years 
$’000 
Total 
$’000 
Year ended 30 June 2010 
Derivative liabilities – net settled 
Net maturity 
Year ended 30 June 2009 
Derivative liabilities – net settled 
Net maturity 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(329) 
(329) 
(663) 
(663) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(329) 
(329) 
(663) 
(663) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
95 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
18. 
Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued) 
Fair value 
The Group uses various methods in estimating the fair value of a financial instrument. The methods comprise: 
Level 1 – the fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets. 
Level  2  –  the  fair  value  is  estimated using  inputs other  than quoted  prices  included  in  Level 1 that  are 
observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices). 
Level 3 – the fair value is estimated using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable 
market date. 
The  fair  value  of  the  financial  instruments  as  well  as  the  methods  used  to  estimate  the  fair  value  are 
summarised in the table below. 
Consolidated 
Financial Assets 
Derivative instruments 
   Interest rate swap 
   Interest rate cap 
Available for sale 
investments 
   Unlisted investments 
   Listed investments 
Financial Liabilities 
Derivative instruments 
   Interest rate swap 
   Interest rate cap 
Quoted 
market 
price 
(Level 1) 
30 June 2010 
Valuation 
technique – 
market 
observable 
(Level 2) 
Valuation 
technique – non 
market 
observable 
(Level 3) 
Quoted 
market 
price 
(Level 1) 
30 June 2009 
Valuation 
technique – 
market 
observable 
(Level 2) 
Valuation 
technique – 
non market 
observable 
(Level 3) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(329) 
(4) 
(333) 
- 
- 
1 
- 
1 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(622) 
(41) 
(663) 
- 
- 
193 
- 
193 
- 
- 
- 
Quoted market price represents the fair value determined based on quoted prices on active markets as at the 
reporting date without any deduction for transaction costs. The fair value of the listed equity investments are 
based on quoted market prices. 
For  financial  instruments not quoted  n  active  markets,  the  Group  uses  valuation  techniques  such as present 
value  techniques,  comparisons  to  similar  instruments  for  which  market  observable  prices  exist  and  other 
relevant  models  used  by  market  participants.  These  valuation  techniques  use  both  observable  and 
unobservable market inputs. 
Financial  instruments  that  use  valuation  techniques  with  only  observable  market  inputs  or  unobservable 
inputs that are not significant to the overall valuation include interest rates swaps. 
96 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
19.  Expenditure Commitments 
a)  Operating lease commitments 
- Premises 
Within 1 year 
After 1 year but not more than 5 
years 
More than 5 years 
Consolidated 
2010 
Minimum 
rentals 
$’000 
Consolidated 
2009 
Minimum  
rentals 
$’000 
1,655 
1,073 
- 
2,728 
1,813 
2,630 
- 
4,443 
The Group leases a number of warehouse, factory and office facilities under operating leases.  The leases typically run 
for periods of 1 to 5 years with an option to renew the lease after that date. 
b)  Operating lease commitments 
– Motor vehicles 
Within 1 year 
After 1 year but not more than 5 
years 
134 
117 
251 
1,323 
2,784 
4,107 
The Group leases a fleet of vehicles under operating leases.  The leases typically run for periods of 2 to 5 years with an 
option to renew after that date. 
c)  Finance lease & hire purchase 
Within 1 year 
After 1 year but not more than 5 
years 
Minimum future lease payments 
Less future finance charges 
Lease liability 
Consolidated 
2010 
Minimum lease 
payments 
$’000 
Consolidated 
2010 
Present value of 
lease payments 
$’000 
Consolidated 
2009 
Minimum lease 
payments 
$’000 
Consolidated 
2009 
Present value of 
lease payments 
$’000 
170 
143 
313 
(35) 
278 
138 
140 
278 
- 
278 
961 
2,687 
3,648 
(601) 
3,047 
781 
2,266 
3,047 
- 
3,047 
The Group has entered into finance and hire purchase contracts in respect of various items of plant & machinery and 
motor  vehicles.  These  finance  and  hire  purchase  contracts  expire  within  1  to  5  years.  Subsequent  renewal  of  the 
contracts is at the option of the entity that holds the lease. 
97 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
20.  Cash Flow Statement 
a)  Reconciliation of Cash 
Cash at bank and in hand 
Short term deposits 
Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
Consolidated 
2009 
$’000 
3,435 
22 
3,457 
3,559 
32 
3,591 
Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates.   
Short  term  deposits  are  made  for  varying  periods  of  between  one  day  and  3  months,  depending  on  the 
immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rates.  
b)  Reconciliation of net loss after tax to net cash flows from operations 
Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
Consolidated 
2009 
$’000 
(254) 
(4,954) 
3,368 
(45) 
7 
8 
78 
(2,418) 
251 
1,387 
72 
- 
425 
2,879 
2,843 
(29) 
13 
(113) 
(33) 
3,088 
1,105 
(821) 
1 
(22) 
411 
1,489 
Net loss 
Adjustments for: 
Depreciation, amortisation and 
impairment of non-current assets  
Loss/(profit) on sale of fixed assets 
Share options expensed 
Doubtful debts expense 
Stock obsolescence expense 
Changes in assets and liabilities: 
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other 
receivables  
(Increase)/decrease in inventories 
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other 
payables  
(Increase)/decrease in deferred tax 
assets 
Increase/(decrease) in income taxes 
payable 
Increase/(decrease) in provisions 
Net cash provided by / (used in) 
operating activities 
98 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
20. 
Cash Flow Statement (continued) 
Non cash financing and investing activities 
During the year the Group acquired property, plant and equipment with an aggregate value of $606,904 (2009: 
$2,212,203) by means of finance leases.  These acquisitions are not reflected in the cash flow statement.   
c)  Financing facilities available 
Consolidated 
2010 
$’000 
Consolidated 
2009 
$’000 
Total facilities at reporting date 
Term facility 
Working capital facility comprising: 
  - revolving cash advance facility 
  - bank overdraft facility 
  - bank guarantee facility 
  - bank letters of credit facility 
Facilities used at reporting date 
Term facility 
Working capital facility comprising: 
- revolving cash advance facility 
- bank overdraft facility 
- bank guarantee facility 
- bank letters of credit facility 
Facilities unused at reporting date 
Term facility 
Working capital facility comprising: 
- revolving cash advance facility 
- bank overdraft facility 
- bank guarantee facility 
- bank letters of credit facility 
34,000 
9,800 
1,000 
1,200 
- 
46,000 
34,000 
8,997 
- 
857 
- 
43,854 
- 
803 
1,000 
343 
- 
2,146 
34,000 
9,800 
1,000 
1,200 
- 
46,000 
34,000 
8,997 
- 
1,094 
- 
44,091 
- 
803 
1,000 
106 
- 
1,909 
99 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
21.  Claims and Contingencies  
(i)  Legal claims 
A  vendor of  a  business  acquired in  a prior  year  lodged  a  claim  against  the  Group  in a prior  year  relating  to 
amounts  to  be  paid  pursuant  to  the  business  sale  agreement.  The  Group  has  denied  liability  for  any  further 
amounts payable and is defending the action. While liability is not admitted, the maximum amount payable by 
the Group under this action is $0.9m plus contractual interest under the business sale agreement but excluding 
possible cost judgements. The vendor has also indicated that a second claim may be brought against the Group 
for additional amounts to be paid pursuant to  the business  sale  agreement. The Group also denies  liability  in 
respect of this potential claim and will defend any action if and when brought. While liability is not admitted in 
respect  of  the  potential  claim,  the  maximum  amount  payable  by  the  Group  under  this  potential  claim  is 
estimated  at  approximately  $1.8m  plus  contractual  interest  and  excluding  possible  cost  judgements.  The 
outcome of these actions is uncertain and cannot be reliably measured at balance date. The Group has currently 
provided $1.2m as an estimate in respect of both claims as at 30 June 2010. 
(ii)  Guarantees 
As detailed in Note 22, the Company is party to a deed of cross guarantee with its wholly-owned subsidiaries. 
The extent to which an outflow of  funds will be required is dependent on the future operations of the entities 
that are party to the deed of cross guarantee. No liability is expected to arise. The deed of cross guarantee will 
continue to operate indefinitely. 
As  detailed  in  Note  13,  the  Company  is  party  to  a  finance  facility  agreement  with  Westpac  Banking 
Corporation to which the Company’s subsidiaries are guarantors. The extent to which an outflow of funds will 
be required is dependent on the risk of default under the finance facility agreement. The directors do not expect 
default to occur. 
22.  Related Party Disclosures 
The ultimate parent 
Traffic Technologies Ltd is the ultimate parent Company. 
Entities subject to Individual Order 
Pursuant to the Individual Order granted by ASIC under subsection 340(1) of the Corporations Act 2001, relief 
has  been  granted  to  the  subsidiary  companies  from  the  Corporations  Act  2001  requirements  for  preparation, 
audit and lodgement of their financial reports. The relief granted under the Individual Order is equivalent to the 
advantage of the relief offered by ASIC Class Order 98/1418. The subsidiary companies are disclosed at Note 
9. 
As  a  condition  of  the  Individual  Order,  Traffic  Technologies  Ltd  and  its  subsidiary  entities  (the  “Closed 
Group”)  entered  into  a  Deed  of  Cross  Guarantee  on  28  June  2007.  The  effect  of  the  deed  is  that  Traffic 
Technologies Ltd has guaranteed to pay any deficiency in the event of winding up of any controlled entity or if 
they do not meet their obligations under the terms of overdrafts, loans, leases or other liabilities subject to the 
guarantee. The controlled entities have also given a similar guarantee in the event that Traffic Technologies Ltd 
is wound up or if it does not meet its obligation under the terms of overdrafts, loans or other liabilities subject to 
the guarantee. 
The  consolidated  income  statement  and  balance  sheet  of  the  closed  group  is  equivalent  to  the  group’s 
consolidated income statement and balance sheet. 
100 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
22. 
Related Party Disclosures (continued) 
Wholly owned group transactions 
Transactions with group companies 
Subsidiary 
Sales to 
related 
parties 
$ 
Purchases 
from 
related 
parties 
$ 
Amounts 
owed by 
related 
parties 
$ 
Amounts 
owed to 
related 
parties 
$ 
- 
- 
- 
- 
283,782 
127,803 
535,264 
701,979 
746,817 
306,750 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Traffic Technologies Ltd (ii) 
Traffic Technologies Signal and 
Hardware Division Pty Ltd 
Traffic Technologies Traffic 
Management Division Pty Ltd 
De Neefe Signs Pty Ltd 
Traffic Technologies Traffic 
Hire Pty Ltd 
Sunny Signs Pty Ltd 
KJ Aldridge Investments Pty 
Limited 
Aldridge Traffic Group Pty Ltd 
Excelsior Diecasting Pty 
Limited 
Aldridge Traffic Systems Pty 
Ltd 
Aldridge Plastics Pty Ltd 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
12,000 
- 
21,286,564 
17,755,184 
13,635,828 
8,825,750 
- 
101,245 
137,576 
115,058 
19,634 
107,721 
19,537 
4,457 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
469,085 
498,577 
23,695 
293 
2,186,739 
65,598 
2,346 
71,165 
612,080 
1,108,841 
- 
7,538,144 
- 
3,433,366 
- 
1,340,118 
- 
- 
5,638,786 
8,358,611 
7,207,285 
7,731,956 
401,642 
1,394,314 
- 
- 
- 
549,536 
- 
7,478,341 
- 
1,000 
152,297 
5,194,988 
- 
1,000 
207,557 
152,545 
- 
- 
(734) 
2,471 
- 
- 
10,545,267 
10,795,102 
- 
664,616 
 (i) The loans issued by Traffic Technologies Ltd to its wholly owned subsidiaries are unsecured, interest-free 
and repayable on demand. 
(ii) Amounts owed by related parties are presented gross of an impairment loss of $8,095,155 
(2009:$7,710,241). 
101 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
22. 
Related Party Disclosures (continued) 
Loans with Directors or Directors-related entities 
Other transactions with Directors or Director related entities 
The aggregate amounts recognised during the year relating to Directors and their Director-related entities were 
as follows: 
Director / Director 
Related Entity 
Transaction 
Con Liosatos 
Fees for contracted services 
Cary Stynes 
(former director) 
Legal and business 
consulting fees and fees for 
contracted services 
Equity Partners  
Fees for contracted services 
Consolidated  Consolidated 
2010 
$ 
2009 
$ 
- 
- 
- 
79,933 
55,943 
8,925 
During the year the parent entity charged management fees to subsidiaries of $3m (2009: $nil). 
There were no other transactions or balances receivable  from or payable to directors or executives during the 
financial year or at the date of this report. 
23.  Events after the Balance Date  
Traffic  Technologies  Ltd  (Traffic  Technologies)  entered  into  an  agreement  to  sell  its  Traffic  Management 
business to Workforce International Group Pty Ltd on 29 June 2010. The sale, for a gross cash consideration of 
$14.5m,  will  deliver  Traffic  Technologies  around  $11.4m  after  adjustments,  including  motor  vehicles  leases 
and  employee  entitlements.  In  addition  Traffic  Technologies  will  collect  the  book  debts  of  the  Traffic 
Management business which will be applied partly in repaying trade creditors and other liabilities. 
The transaction was completed on 9 August 2010 and the net proceeds of the sale, will be applied in reducing 
net debt by $14.0 - $15.0m. Westpac has confirmed that it will reduce Traffic Technologies term debt facility 
from $34.0m at 30 June 2010 to $24.0m within six months of completion and the working capital facility from 
$12.0m to $8.6m within six months of completion. 
24.  Auditor’s Remuneration 
Amounts received or due and receivable by Ernst and Young: 
Audit or review of the financial report of the 
entity and any other entity in the Group 
Consolidated  Consolidated 
2010 
$ 
2009 
$ 
205,000 
205,000 
225,000 
225,000 
102 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
25.  Key Management Personnel Disclosures 
a)  Details of Key Management Personnel  
(i)  Directors 
Mr Ray Horsburgh 
Mr. Constantinos Liosatos 
Mr. Alan Brown  
Non-Executive Chairman 
Managing Director 
Non-Executive Director  
Mr. Ken Jarrett (Appointed 27 January 2010) 
Non-Executive Director  
Mr. Rajeev Dhawan (Resigned 3 December 2009)  Non-Executive Director  
Mr. Garry Sladden (Resigned 3 December 2009)  
Non-Executive Director  
(ii)  Executives  
Mr. Peter Crafter 
Chief Financial Officer & Company Secretary 
Mr. Andrew Bull  (Resigned 16 February 2010) 
General Manager Traffic Signals Division  
Mr. Graham Sergeant (Resigned 9 August 2010) 
Mr. Mark Faunt (Appointed 5 August 2009) 
General Manager Traffic Management Division 
Operations Manager Technical Products 
Division 
b)  Compensation of Key Management Personnel 
(i)  Remuneration of Key Management Personnel 
Details of the nature and amount of each element of the remuneration of key management personnel 
are disclosed in the Remuneration Report section of the Directors’ Report. 
Compensation by Category: Key Management Personnel 
Short-term employee benefits 
Post employment benefits 
Other long-term benefits 
Termination benefits 
Share-based payment  
Consolidated 
2010 
$ 
1,418,939 
188,842 
8,531 
- 
7,423 
1,623,735 
2009 
$ 
1,606,977 
179,130 
45,624 
56,794 
12,997 
1,901,522 
c)  Shares issued on exercise of remuneration options 
No shares have been issued to key management personnel as a result of the exercise of remuneration 
options. 
103 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
0
,
0
0
3
0
0
0
,
0
0
3
0
0
0
,
0
0
3
)
0
0
0
,
0
0
3
(
0
0
0
,
0
0
3
0
0
0
,
0
0
3
0
0
0
,
0
0
3
)
0
0
0
,
0
0
3
(
-
-
-
)
0
0
0
,
0
0
0
,
1
(
0
0
0
,
0
0
6
0
0
0
,
0
0
6
0
0
0
,
0
0
6
)
0
0
0
,
0
0
6
,
1
(
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
0
,
0
0
1
)
0
0
0
,
0
0
1
(
)
0
0
0
,
0
5
2
(
0
0
0
,
0
0
1
)
0
0
0
,
0
5
3
(
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
t
a
d
e
t
s
e
V
.
o
N
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
e
g
n
a
h
c
t
e
N
d
n
e
#
r
e
h
t
o
e
l
b
a
s
i
c
r
e
x
E
t
o
N
e
l
b
a
s
i
c
r
e
x
E
l
a
t
o
T
d
o
i
r
e
p
f
o
0
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
.
o
N
.
o
N
.
o
N
d
e
t
n
a
r
G
s
A
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
-
-
-
0
0
0
,
0
0
6
0
0
0
,
0
0
6
0
0
0
,
0
0
0
,
1
0
0
0
,
0
0
2
,
2
0
0
0
,
0
0
2
0
0
0
,
0
5
2
0
0
0
,
0
5
4
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
f
o
g
n
i
n
n
i
g
e
b
d
o
i
r
e
p
9
0
0
2
y
l
u
J
1
.
o
N
s
o
t
a
s
o
i
L
s
o
n
i
t
n
a
t
s
n
o
C
.
r
M
h
g
r
u
b
s
r
o
H
y
a
R
.
r
M
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D
0
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
n
a
w
a
h
D
v
e
e
j
a
R
.
r
M
n
e
d
d
a
l
S
y
r
r
a
G
.
r
M
n
w
o
r
B
n
a
l
A
.
r
M
t
t
e
r
r
a
J
n
e
K
.
r
M
r
e
t
f
a
r
C
r
e
t
e
P
.
r
M
l
l
u
B
w
e
r
d
n
A
.
r
M
s
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
E
l
a
t
o
T
l
a
t
o
T
s
e
i
t
i
t
n
E
d
e
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
C
d
n
a
d
t
L
s
e
i
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
c
i
f
f
a
r
T
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
0
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
d
e
d
n
e
r
a
e
y
e
h
t
r
o
F
.
7
1
e
t
o
N
n
i
d
e
b
i
r
c
s
e
d
s
i
d
e
u
l
a
v
n
e
e
b
s
a
h
)
r
a
e
y
e
h
t
g
n
i
r
u
d
d
e
t
n
a
r
g
(
n
o
i
t
p
o
h
c
a
e
f
o
e
u
l
a
v
r
i
a
f
e
h
t
h
c
i
h
w
n
o
s
i
s
a
b
e
h
T
.
9
0
0
2
d
n
a
0
1
0
2
g
n
i
r
u
d
s
n
a
l
p
e
h
t
f
o
y
n
a
o
t
s
n
o
i
t
a
c
i
f
i
d
o
m
r
o
s
n
o
i
t
a
l
l
e
c
n
a
c
o
n
n
e
e
b
e
v
a
h
e
r
e
h
T
s
n
o
i
t
p
o
f
o
e
u
l
a
v
r
i
a
F
)
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
(
s
e
r
u
s
o
l
c
s
i
D
l
e
n
n
o
s
r
e
P
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
y
e
K
.
5
2
l
e
n
n
o
s
r
e
P
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
y
e
K
f
o
s
g
n
i
d
l
o
h
n
o
i
t
p
O
)
d
4
0
1
s
e
s
p
a
l
d
n
a
s
e
r
u
t
i
e
f
r
o
f
s
e
d
u
l
c
n
i
-
#
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                         
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
0
,
0
0
6
0
0
0
,
0
0
6
0
0
0
,
0
0
6
-
0
0
0
,
0
0
6
0
0
0
,
0
0
6
0
0
0
,
0
0
6
)
0
0
0
,
0
0
6
(
0
0
0
,
0
0
0
,
1
0
0
0
,
0
0
0
,
1
0
0
0
,
0
0
0
,
1
)
0
0
0
,
0
0
3
,
2
(
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
)
0
0
0
,
0
0
2
,
1
(
)
0
0
0
,
0
0
0
,
2
(
)
0
0
0
,
0
0
9
(
0
0
0
,
0
0
2
,
2
0
0
0
,
0
0
2
,
2
0
0
0
,
0
0
2
,
2
)
0
0
0
,
0
0
0
,
7
(
-
-
0
0
0
,
0
5
2
0
0
0
,
0
5
2
0
0
0
,
0
0
2
0
0
0
,
0
5
2
)
0
0
0
,
0
0
4
(
)
0
0
0
,
5
7
4
(
0
0
0
,
0
5
2
0
0
0
,
0
5
2
0
0
0
,
0
5
4
)
0
0
0
,
5
7
8
(
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5
0
1
9
0
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
t
a
d
e
t
s
e
V
.
o
N
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
e
g
n
a
h
c
t
e
N
d
n
e
#
r
e
h
t
o
e
l
b
a
s
i
c
r
e
x
E
t
o
N
e
l
b
a
s
i
c
r
e
x
E
l
a
t
o
T
d
o
i
r
e
p
f
o
9
0
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
.
o
N
.
o
N
.
o
N
d
e
t
n
a
r
G
s
A
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
0
0
0
,
0
0
6
0
0
0
,
0
0
3
,
3
0
0
0
,
0
0
2
,
1
-
-
0
0
0
,
0
0
2
,
1
0
0
0
,
0
0
0
,
2
0
0
0
,
0
0
9
0
0
0
,
0
0
2
,
9
0
0
0
,
0
0
6
0
0
0
,
5
2
7
0
0
0
,
5
2
3
,
1
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
f
o
g
n
i
n
n
i
g
e
b
d
o
i
r
e
p
8
0
0
2
y
l
u
J
1
.
o
N
s
o
t
a
s
o
i
L
s
o
n
i
t
n
a
t
s
n
o
C
.
r
M
n
a
w
a
h
D
v
e
e
j
a
R
.
r
M
n
e
d
d
a
l
S
y
r
r
a
G
.
r
M
s
e
n
y
t
S
y
r
a
C
.
r
M
n
w
o
r
B
n
a
l
A
.
r
M
s
i
k
a
r
u
o
v
a
K
l
e
u
m
a
S
.
r
M
n
o
s
g
e
r
G
d
r
a
h
c
i
R
.
r
D
h
g
r
u
b
s
r
o
H
y
a
R
.
r
M
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D
9
0
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
r
e
t
f
a
r
C
r
e
t
e
P
.
r
M
l
l
u
B
w
e
r
d
n
A
.
r
M
s
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
E
l
a
t
o
T
l
a
t
o
T
s
e
s
p
a
l
d
n
a
s
e
r
u
t
i
e
f
r
o
f
s
e
d
u
l
c
n
i
-
#
s
e
i
t
i
t
n
E
d
e
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
C
d
n
a
d
t
L
s
e
i
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
c
i
f
f
a
r
T
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
0
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
d
e
d
n
e
r
a
e
y
e
h
t
r
o
F
)
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
(
s
e
r
u
s
o
l
c
s
i
D
l
e
n
n
o
s
r
e
P
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
y
e
K
.
5
2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                             
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
-
-
0
0
0
,
0
5
1
9
4
9
,
4
7
3
,
8
5
6
9
,
6
5
0
,
2
3
6
5
,
2
5
4
,
9
0
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
.
o
N
-
-
-
4
0
0
,
6
8
4
,
3
)
0
0
1
,
1
(
3
6
5
,
2
5
4
,
9
7
7
4
,
4
3
0
,
0
2
7
6
4
,
7
3
9
,
2
1
-
-
0
0
0
,
0
1
0
0
0
,
0
3
2
-
-
-
)
8
3
7
,
6
7
2
,
1
(
0
0
0
,
0
4
2
)
8
3
7
,
6
7
2
,
1
(
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
d
n
e
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
d
o
i
r
e
p
f
o
e
g
n
a
h
c
t
e
N
#
r
e
h
t
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e
n
O
s
n
o
i
t
p
O
f
o
d
e
t
n
a
r
G
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
s
a
.
o
N
.
o
N
.
o
N
-
-
0
0
1
,
1
0
0
0
,
0
5
1
5
4
9
,
8
8
8
,
4
5
6
9
,
6
5
0
,
2
0
1
0
,
7
9
0
,
7
0
0
0
,
0
1
0
0
0
,
0
3
2
8
3
7
,
6
7
2
,
1
-
8
3
7
,
6
1
5
,
1
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
f
o
g
n
i
n
n
i
g
e
b
d
o
i
r
e
p
9
0
0
2
y
l
u
J
1
.
o
N
s
o
t
a
s
o
i
L
s
o
n
i
t
n
a
t
s
n
o
C
.
r
M
h
g
r
u
b
s
r
o
H
y
a
R
r
M
0
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D
n
a
w
a
h
D
v
e
e
j
a
R
.
r
M
n
e
d
d
a
l
S
y
r
r
a
G
.
r
M
n
w
o
r
B
n
a
l
A
.
r
M
t
t
e
r
r
a
J
n
e
K
.
r
M
r
e
t
f
a
r
C
r
e
t
e
P
.
r
M
l
l
u
B
w
e
r
d
n
A
.
r
M
s
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
E
l
a
t
o
T
t
n
a
e
g
r
e
S
m
a
h
a
r
G
.
r
M
t
n
u
a
F
k
r
a
M
.
r
M
l
a
t
o
T
s
e
i
t
i
t
n
E
d
e
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
C
d
n
a
d
t
L
s
e
i
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
c
i
f
f
a
r
T
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
0
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
d
e
d
n
e
r
a
e
y
e
h
t
r
o
F
)
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
(
s
e
r
u
s
o
l
c
s
i
D
l
e
n
n
o
s
r
e
P
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
y
e
K
.
5
2
l
e
n
n
o
s
r
e
P
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
y
e
K
f
o
s
g
n
i
d
l
o
h
e
r
a
h
S
)
e
d
t
L
s
e
i
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
c
i
f
f
a
r
T
n
i
d
l
e
h
s
e
r
a
h
s
y
r
a
n
i
d
r
O
e
h
t
o
t
t
n
e
m
t
n
i
o
p
p
a
s
i
h
o
t
r
o
i
r
p
t
e
k
r
a
m
-
n
o
d
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
s
a
w
g
n
i
d
l
o
h
e
r
a
h
s
s
’
t
t
e
r
r
a
J
n
e
K
.
r
M
.
l
l
u
B
w
e
r
d
n
A
.
r
M
&
n
e
d
d
a
l
S
y
r
r
a
G
.
r
M
,
n
a
w
a
h
D
v
e
e
j
a
R
.
r
M
f
o
s
n
o
i
t
a
n
g
i
s
e
r
e
h
t
s
e
d
u
l
c
n
i
-
  #
.
y
n
a
p
m
o
C
e
h
t
n
i
s
n
o
i
t
p
o
f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e
e
h
t
n
o
r
o
y
o
l
p
m
e
g
n
i
r
u
d
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
s
a
r
e
h
t
i
e
d
e
t
n
a
r
g
t
o
n
d
n
a
d
r
a
o
B
6
0
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
-
-
-
-
0
0
1
,
1
0
0
0
,
0
5
1
5
4
9
,
8
8
8
,
4
5
6
9
,
6
5
0
,
2
9
0
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
.
o
N
-
-
0
0
0
,
5
2
6
0
0
0
,
0
4
5
0
0
1
,
1
-
)
0
0
1
,
2
7
4
(
)
1
0
1
,
1
3
3
,
1
(
0
1
0
,
7
9
0
,
7
)
1
0
1
,
7
3
6
(
-
0
0
0
,
0
1
0
0
0
,
0
3
2
8
3
7
,
6
7
2
,
1
-
-
0
0
5
,
5
6
5
)
0
0
0
,
0
5
(
8
3
7
,
6
1
5
,
1
0
0
5
,
5
1
5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
d
n
e
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
e
g
n
a
h
c
t
e
N
n
O
d
o
i
r
e
p
f
o
#
r
e
h
t
o
f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e
s
n
o
i
t
p
O
d
e
t
n
a
r
G
s
a
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
.
o
N
.
o
N
.
o
N
-
-
0
0
0
,
0
5
1
5
4
9
,
3
6
2
,
4
5
6
9
,
6
1
5
,
1
-
0
0
1
,
2
7
4
1
0
1
,
1
3
3
,
1
1
1
1
,
4
3
7
,
7
0
0
0
,
0
1
8
3
2
,
1
1
7
0
0
0
,
0
3
2
0
0
0
,
0
5
8
3
2
,
1
0
0
,
1
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
f
o
g
n
i
n
n
i
g
e
b
d
o
i
r
e
p
8
0
0
2
y
l
u
J
1
.
o
N
s
o
t
a
s
o
i
L
s
o
n
i
t
n
a
t
s
n
o
C
.
r
M
n
a
w
a
h
D
v
e
e
j
a
R
.
r
M
n
e
d
d
a
l
S
y
r
r
a
G
.
r
M
n
w
o
r
B
n
a
l
A
.
r
M
s
i
k
a
r
u
o
v
a
K
l
e
u
m
a
S
.
r
M
n
o
s
g
e
r
G
d
r
a
h
c
i
R
.
r
D
s
e
n
y
t
S
y
r
a
C
.
r
M
h
g
r
u
b
s
r
o
H
y
a
R
r
M
9
0
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D
r
e
t
f
a
r
C
r
e
t
e
P
.
r
M
l
l
u
B
w
e
r
d
n
A
.
r
M
s
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
E
l
a
t
o
T
t
n
a
e
g
r
e
S
m
a
h
a
r
G
.
r
M
s
i
d
i
n
o
l
o
P
e
v
e
t
S
.
r
M
  #
l
a
t
o
T
7
0
1
.
t
r
o
p
e
r
s
i
h
t
f
o
e
t
a
d
e
h
t
t
a
s
a
g
n
i
d
n
a
t
s
t
u
o
e
r
a
e
n
o
n
d
n
a
r
a
e
y
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
f
e
h
t
g
n
i
r
u
d
s
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
e
r
o
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
d
o
t
e
d
a
m
s
n
a
o
l
o
n
e
r
e
w
e
r
e
h
T
l
e
n
n
o
s
r
e
P
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
y
e
K
o
t
s
n
a
o
L
)
f
.
s
i
d
i
n
o
l
o
P
e
v
e
t
S
.
r
M
&
n
o
s
g
e
r
G
d
r
a
h
c
i
R
.
r
D
,
s
e
n
y
t
S
y
r
a
C
.
r
M
,
s
i
k
a
r
u
o
v
a
K
l
e
u
m
a
S
.
r
M
f
o
s
n
o
i
t
a
n
g
i
s
e
r
e
h
t
s
e
d
u
l
c
n
i
-
s
e
i
t
i
t
n
E
d
e
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
C
d
n
a
d
t
L
s
e
i
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
c
i
f
f
a
r
T
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
0
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
d
e
d
n
e
r
a
e
y
e
h
t
r
o
F
)
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
(
s
e
r
u
s
o
l
c
s
i
D
l
e
n
n
o
s
r
e
P
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
y
e
K
.
5
2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
26.  Operating Segments 
Identification of reportable segments 
The Group has identified its operating/reportable segments based on the internal reports that are reviewed and used 
by  the  managing  director  (the  chief  operating  decision  maker)  in  assessing  performance  and  in  determining  the 
allocation of resources. 
The reportable segments are identified by management based on the manner in which the products are sold and the 
nature of the services provided.  Discrete financial information about each of these operating businesses is reported 
to the managing director on at least a monthly basis.  The Group operates predominantly in one geographic segment 
being Australia. 
The  reportable segments  are  based  on aggregated operating  segments determined  by the similarity  of  the  products 
produced and sold and/or the services provided, as these are the sources of the Group’s major risks and have the most 
effect on the rates of return. 
Types of products and services 
Technical Products 
The Technical Products business specializes in the design and manufacture of traffic signals, emergency telephones 
and portable roadside technology.   
Signage 
Signage manufactures  and  supplies  a  wide range of traffic  signs,  traffic  control products and traffic  cones  to  road 
traffic authorities, municipal councils and construction companies. 
Traffic Services 
Traffic  Services  provides  equipment  hire  (barrier  guard  and portable  roadside  technology)  services  to  road  traffic 
authorities and construction companies.  The Group completed the sale of its labour hire (traffic controllers) business 
on 9 August 2010. 
Accounting policies and intersegment transactions 
The accounting policies used by the Group in reporting segments internally are the same as those contained in note 1 
to the accounts and in the prior period except as detailed below: 
Inter-entity sales 
Inter-entity sales are recognised based on internally set transfer prices. The prices are reviewed periodically to reflect 
what the business operations could achieve if they sold their output and services to external parties at arm’s length. 
Corporate charges 
Corporate  charges  comprise  non-segmental  expenses  such  as  head  office  expenses,  finance  costs  and  other 
unallocated costs such as consolidation adjustments. Corporate charges are not allocated to each operating segment. 
Segment loans payable and loans receivable 
Segment loans are initially recognised at the consideration received excluding transaction costs.  Intersegment loans 
receivable and loans payable  that  earn or  incur non-market  interest  are not  adjusted to  fair value based  on  market 
interest rates. 
Income tax expense 
Current income tax expense is not calculated at the operating segment level; however, effect is given for taxable or 
deductible temporary differences (deferred tax expense) using a notional charge of 30% (2009: 30) at the operating 
segment level. 
108 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
26. 
Operating Segments (continued) 
It  is  the  Group’s  policy  that  if  items  of  revenue  and  expense  are  not  allocated  to  operating  segments  then  any 
associated assets and liabilities  are also not allocated to segments. This is to avoid asymmetrical allocations within 
segments which management believe would be inconsistent. 
Reportable segments 
The following tables present revenue and profit information and certain asset and liability information regarding 
business segments for the years ended 30 June 2010 and 30 June 2009: 
Year Ended 30 June 2010 
Continuing Operations 
Traffic Products 
Signage 
Technical 
Products 
$'000 
Traffic 
Services 
Total  
Discontinued 
operations 
Consol-
idated 
$'000 
$'000 
$'000 
$'000 
$'000 
Revenue 
Sales to external customers 
Inter-segment sales 
Total segment revenue 
Inter-segment elimination 
Other and unallocated revenue 
Total revenue per the statement of 
comprehensive income 
Segment EBITDA before non-
recurring items 
Result 
Segment result 
23,903 
           353  
24,256 
21,219 
 535  
21,754 
2,607 
 747  
3,354 
47,729 
1,635 
49,364 
(1,635) 
72 
44,184 
284 
44,468 
91,913 
1,919 
93,832 
(284) 
- 
(1,919) 
72 
47,801  
44,184 
91,985 
6,681 
536 
1,131 
8,348 
3,951 
12,299 
5,360 
242 
797 
6,399 
2,543 
8,942 
Reconciliation of segment EBITDA to net loss after tax 
Segment EBITDA before non-
recurring items 
Corporate charges & unallocated 
EBITDA per statement of 
comprehensive income 
Non-recurring items 
Depreciation & amortisation 
Finance costs 
Income tax expense 
Net loss before tax per the statement of 
comprehensive income 
8,348 
(4,189) 
3,951 
- 
12,299 
(4,189) 
4,159 
3,951 
8,110 
(955) 
(2,186) 
(3,722) 
(218) 
(2,922) 
(42) 
(1,182) 
(184) 
125 
(997) 
(3,368) 
(3,906) 
(93) 
2,668 
(254) 
109 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
26. 
Operating Segments (continued) 
Year Ended 30 June 2009 
Continuing Operations 
Traffic Products 
Signage 
Technical 
Products 
$'000 
Traffic 
Services 
Total 
Discontinued 
operations 
Consol-
idated 
$'000 
$'000 
$'000 
$'000 
$'000 
Revenue 
Sales to external customers 
Inter-segment sales 
Total segment revenue 
Inter-segment elimination 
Other and unallocated revenue 
Total revenue per the statement of 
comprehensive income 
Segment EBITDA before non-
recurring items 
Result 
Segment result 
25,079 
           153  
25,232 
23,008 
        702  
23,710 
1,211 
        307  
1,518 
49,298 
1,162 
50,460 
(1,162) 
190 
38,890 
128 
39,018 
88,188 
1,290 
89,478 
(128) 
- 
(1,290) 
190 
49,488  
38,890 
88,378 
5,577 
721 
386 
6,684 
2,387 
9,071 
5,166 
103 
155 
5,424 
795 
6,219 
Reconciliation of segment EBITDA to net loss after tax 
Segment EBITDA before non-
recurring items 
Corporate charges & unallocated 
EBITDA per statement of 
comprehensive income 
Non-recurring items 
Depreciation & amortisation 
Loss on recognition to fair value 
Finance costs 
Income tax benefit 
Net loss before tax per the statement of 
comprehensive income 
6,684 
(4,377) 
2,387 
- 
9,071 
(4,377) 
2,307 
2,387 
4,694 
(1,382) 
(1,682) 
- 
(4,991) 
115 
(5,633) 
(234) 
(1,189) 
(95) 
(74) 
(116) 
(1,616) 
(2,871) 
(95) 
(5,065) 
(1) 
679 
(4,954) 
110 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd and Controlled Entities 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
26. 
Operating Segments (continued) 
Major customers 
The  Group  has  a  number  of  customers  to  which  it  provides  both  products  and  services.    The  Group  supplies  a 
number of government agencies that combined account  for 12% of external revenue (2009: 16%).  The next most 
significant client accounts for 8% (2009: 6%) of external revenue. 
Geographical information 
The Group operates in one principal geographical location, namely Australia. 
27. 
Parent Entity Information 
Information relating to Traffic Technologies Ltd: 
Current assets  
Total assets  
Current liabilities  
Total liabilities  
Issued capital 
Retained earnings 
Share-based payments reserve 
Total shareholders’ equity  
Profit or loss of the parent entity 
Total comprehensive income of the parent entity 
2010 
$’000 
21,589 
68,115 
32,539 
68,859 
41,663 
(43,407) 
1,000 
(744) 
(5,532) 
(5,532) 
2009 
$’000 
11,379 
57,949 
20,050 
56,547 
41,062 
(40,653) 
993 
1,402 
(5,017) 
(5,017) 
Details of any guarantees entered into by the parent entity in relation to the 
debts of its subsidiaries ^ 
857 
1,094 
^ As a condition of the Individual Order, Traffic Technologies Ltd and its subsidiary entities (the “Closed Group”) 
entered into a Deed of Cross Guarantee on 28 June 2007. The effect of the deed is that Traffic Technologies Ltd has 
guaranteed  to  pay  any  deficiency  in  the  event  of winding up  of  any  controlled  entity  or if  they  do not  meet  their 
obligations  under  the  terms of  overdrafts,  loans,  leases  or  other  liabilities subject  to  the  guarantee.  The controlled 
entities have also given a similar guarantee in the event that Traffic Technologies Ltd is wound up or if it does not 
meet its obligation under the terms of overdrafts, loans or other liabilities subject to the guarantee. 
111 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traffic Technologies Ltd 
Directors’ Declaration 
For the year ended 30 June 2010 
Directors’ Declaration 
In accordance with a resolution of the Directors of Traffic Technologies Ltd, I state that: 
1. 
In the opinion of the Directors: 
(a)   The  financial  statements.  notes  and  the  additional  disclosures  included  in  the  Directors’  report 
designated as audited, of the Group are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 
(i) 
(ii) 
giving a true  and  fair view of the Group’s financial position as  at 30 June 2010 and of  their 
performance for the financial year ended on that date;  
complying with Accounting Standards, the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) 
as  issued  by  the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board  and  Corporations  Regulations 
2001; and 
(b) 
There are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when 
they become due and payable. 
2.   This  declaration  has  been  made  after  receiving  the  declarations  required  to  be  made  to  the  Directors  in 
accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act for the financial year ended 30 June 2010. 
3. 
In the opinion of the directors, as at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that 
the members of the Closed Group identified in note 22 will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to 
which they are or may become subject, by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee.  
On behalf of the board 
Ray Horsburgh 
Chairman 
Melbourne 
26 August 2010 
112 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUDIT REPORT TO BE INSERTED 
Independent auditor’s report to the Directors’ of Traffic Technologies 
Ltd 
Report on the Financial Report 
We have audited the accompanying financial report of Traffic Technologies Ltd, which comprises the 
statement of financial position as at 30 June 2010, and the statement of comprehensive income, 
statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows  for the year ended on that date, a summary 
of significant accounting policies, other explanatory notes and the directors’ declaration of the 
consolidated entity comprising the company and the entities it controlled at the year’s end or from time 
to time during the financial year. 
Directors’ Responsibility for the Financial Report 
The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial 
report in accordance with the Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting 
Interpretations) and the Corporations Act 2001.  This responsibility includes establishing and 
maintaining internal controls relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the financial report 
that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; selecting and applying 
appropriate accounting policies; and making accounting estimates that are reasonable in the 
circumstances. In Note 1, the directors also state that the financial report, comprising the financial 
statements and notes, complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board.  
Auditor’s Responsibility 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit.  We conducted our 
audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards and International Standards on Auditing. These 
Auditing Standards require that we comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit 
engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial 
report is free from material misstatement.   
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in 
the financial report. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the 
risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk 
assessments, we consider internal controls relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of 
the financial report  in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but 
not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal controls. An 
audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of 
accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the 
financial report. 
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our audit opinion. 
Liability limited by a scheme approved 
under Professional Standards Legislation 
113 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independence 
In conducting our audit we have met the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001.  We 
have given to the directors of the company a written Auditor’s Independence Declaration, a copy of 
which is attached immediately following the directors’ report. 
Auditor’s Opinion 
In our opinion:  
 1. 
including: 
the financial report of Traffic Technologies Ltd is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, 
i 
ii 
giving a true and fair view of the financial position of Traffic Technologies Ltd and the 
consolidated entity at 30 June 2010 and of their performance for the year ended on that 
date; and 
complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting 
Interpretations) and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 
2. 
the International Accounting Standards Board. 
the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by 
 Report on the Remuneration Report 
We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 10 to 18 of the directors’ report for the 
year ended 30 June 2010. The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and 
presentation of the Remuneration Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 
2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit 
conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. 
Auditor’s Opinion 
In our opinion the Remuneration Report of Traffic Technologies Ltd for the year ended 30 June 2010, 
complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 
Ernst & Young 
Robert J Dalton 
Partner 
Melbourne 
26 August 2010 
114 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ASX Additional Information 
As at 16 August 2010 
Additional information required by the Australian Stock Exchange Limited and not shown elsewhere in this report is 
as follows. The information is current as at 16 August 2010. 
(ii)  Distribution of Equity Securities 
The number of shareholders, by size of holding, in each class of share are: 
Ordinary Shares 
Number of 
Holders 
Number of 
Shares 
Preference Shares 
Number of 
Holders 
Number of 
Shares 
1,865 
277 
219 
750 
203 
3,314 
2,457 
294,416 
850,378 
1,925,592 
28,029,007 
128,830,770 
159,930,163 
4,207,666 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1 
1 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
16,192,208 
16,192,208 
- 
1 
1,001 
5,001 
10,001 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1,000 
5,000 
10,000 
100,000 
  100,001 and over 
Holdings less than a marketable parcel 
d)  Twenty Largest Holders  
The names of the twenty largest holders of quoted shares are: 
Name 
Ordinary Shares 
Number 
Percentage 
EQUITY PARTNERS TWO PTY LIMITED 
Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above